WO2024168921A1 - Information processing method, apparatus, and storage medium - Google Patents
Information processing method, apparatus, and storage medium Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024168921A1 WO2024168921A1 PCT/CN2023/076993 CN2023076993W WO2024168921A1 WO 2024168921 A1 WO2024168921 A1 WO 2024168921A1 CN 2023076993 W CN2023076993 W CN 2023076993W WO 2024168921 A1 WO2024168921 A1 WO 2024168921A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- information
- priority
- indication information
- terminal
- downlink
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/11—Semi-persistent scheduling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
- H04W72/231—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the layers above the physical layer, e.g. RRC or MAC-CE signalling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
- H04W72/566—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the field of communications, and in particular to an information processing method and device, and a storage medium.
- multimedia services have become the main service demand of mobile users, and their data traffic demand is increasing day by day, and the demand for full-duplex communication is also increasing.
- Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method and device, and a storage medium.
- an information processing method the method being executed by a terminal, comprising:
- indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- the obtaining indication information includes:
- the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the obtaining indication information includes:
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- determining that the first priority is a preset priority
- the second indication information is DCI and includes a priority indication field
- the second indication information is a radio resource control RRC message and includes first priority indication information
- determining that the second priority is a preset priority
- the priority indicated by the second priority indication information is determined as the second priority.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
- the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information
- the first priority is lower than the second priority
- a priority list wherein the priority list is used to indicate at least the first priority and the second priority
- the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information
- the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information
- the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration are The first cycle duration and the second cycle duration
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
- the method further comprises:
- the method further comprises:
- conflict processing is performed.
- the determining a first processing manner based on the first priority and the second priority includes at least one of the following:
- determining that the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information
- determining that the first processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
- the method further comprises:
- the uplink information is sent on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is received on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the obtaining indication information includes:
- the first message includes at least one of the following:
- the method further comprises:
- Terminal capability indication information to the base station; wherein the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal has the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the method further comprises:
- the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, and that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, it is determined to perform conflict processing.
- the method further comprises:
- the terminal capability indication information In response to determining that the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not have the capability, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain;
- Uplink information is sent on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and downlink information is received on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the method further comprises:
- the first condition includes at least one of the following:
- a first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, a transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to a transmission direction of the first sub-band, or a transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
- an information processing method the method being executed by a base station, including:
- the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- the sending the indication information to the terminal includes:
- the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the uplink information and the downlink information when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
- the sending the indication information to the terminal includes:
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the second indication information to be sent is downlink control information DCI and includes a priority indication field, in the second indication information to be sent, configuring the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority of the uplink information;
- the third indication information to be sent is DCI and includes a priority indication field
- the second indication information to be sent is a radio resource control RRC message
- the second indication information to be sent configuring the priority indicated by the priority indication information as the first priority of the uplink information
- the priority indicated by the priority indication information is configured as the second priority of the downlink information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
- the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information
- the first priority is lower than the second priority
- a priority list wherein the priority list is used to indicate at least the first priority and the second priority
- the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information
- the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information
- the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration are The first cycle duration and the second cycle duration
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the method further comprises:
- conflict processing is performed.
- the determining a second processing manner based on the first priority and the second priority includes at least one of the following:
- determining that the second processing manner includes discarding the downlink information
- determining that the second processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
- the method further comprises:
- the uplink information is received on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is sent on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the sending the indication information to the terminal includes:
- the first message includes at least one of the following:
- the method further comprises:
- Receive terminal capability indication information reported by the terminal wherein the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal has the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the method further comprises:
- the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, and that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, it is determined to perform conflict processing.
- the method further comprises:
- the uplink information is received on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is sent on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the method further comprises:
- the first condition includes at least one of the following:
- a first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, a transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to a transmission direction of the first sub-band, or a transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
- a user-side device comprising:
- the acquisition module is configured to acquire indication information; wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- a network side device comprising:
- the sending module is configured to send indication information to the terminal; wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- a computer-readable storage medium wherein the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to execute any one of the information processing methods described above.
- a user equipment including:
- a memory for storing processor-executable instructions
- the processor is configured to execute the information processing method described in any one of the first aspects above.
- a network side device including:
- a memory for storing processor-executable instructions
- the processor is configured to execute the information processing method described in any one of the second aspects above.
- Fig. 1 is an architecture diagram of an information processing system according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 2 is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 3A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 3B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 4A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 4B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 5 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 6 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 7A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 7B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 8A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 8B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 9 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 10 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram showing resources of a first time unit according to an exemplary embodiment.
- FIG. 12A to FIG. 12C are schematic diagrams showing resources for determining a conflict between uplink information of semi-persistent scheduling and downlink information of semi-persistent scheduling in the time domain according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 13 is a block diagram of a user-side device according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Fig. 14 is a block diagram of a network-side device according to an exemplary embodiment.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a user equipment according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network-side device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
- first, second, third, etc. may be used in the present disclosure to describe various information, such information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other.
- a first message may also be referred to as a second message, and similarly, a second message may also be referred to as a first message.
- the word "if” as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of” or "when” or "in response to determining”.
- the base station can simultaneously transmit and receive data in one time unit, such as one time slot.
- the base station can schedule different terminals to perform transmission and reception actions in different transmission directions on the same time domain resources.
- data transmission or data reception can be performed in one time unit.
- the terminal can send or receive data in the corresponding time unit according to the time slot structure indicated by the base station.
- TDD time division duplexing
- the terminal only expects to receive downlink data but not send uplink data on the downlink time symbol (Down Link symbol, DL symbol), only expects to send uplink but not receive downlink on the uplink time symbol (Up Link symbol, UL symbol), and does not expect conflict between uplink and downlink on the flexible time symbol (flexible symbol).
- priority indication information may be introduced for uplink information, wherein the uplink information includes but is not limited to uplink channels, uplink signals, and the like.
- the priority indication information may be used to indicate the priorities corresponding to different uplink information.
- the priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority corresponding to at least two physical uplink control channels (PUCCH).
- PUCCH physical uplink control channels
- the priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority corresponding to at least two physical uplink shared channels (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH).
- Physical Uplink Shared Channel PUSCH
- the priority indication information may be used to indicate the priorities corresponding to at least one PUCCH and at least one PUSCH respectively.
- priority indication information may also be introduced into downlink information, wherein the downlink information includes but is not limited to downlink channels, downlink signals, etc.
- the specific implementation method is similar to that of introducing priority indication information into uplink information, and will not be described in detail here.
- the present disclosure provides an information processing method, device and storage medium, which can support a base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, and can ensure that the conflict handling methods of the terminal and the base station on the same time domain resources correspond to each other. In addition, it can also support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the network in the present disclosure may be a 4G network, a 5G network, a 6G network or a future communication network, etc., and the present disclosure does not limit this.
- the network architecture includes:
- UE 101 includes UE 101-1, UE 101-2, UE 101-3, ... in FIG. 1 ), wherein UE 101 includes but is not limited to a terminal, a smart wearable device, a smart vehicle, a drone, etc., wherein the smart wearable device may include a smart bracelet, a smart watch, etc., and the smart vehicle may be an unmanned vehicle;
- the network side equipment 102 includes but is not limited to base stations, Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment in 4G, and Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG-RAN) equipment in 5G.
- RAN Radio Access Network
- NG-RAN Next Generation Radio Access Network
- the user equipment 101 may obtain indication information, and based on the indication information, determine the processing that the user equipment 101 needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- the user equipment 101 may determine a first processing method, where the first processing method may include discarding the semi-statically scheduled uplink information or discarding the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- the user equipment 101 may perform conflict processing according to the first processing method.
- the first processing manner includes discarding the uplink information, and the user equipment 101 does not send the uplink information.
- the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information when the user equipment 101 does not expect the network side device 102 to send the downlink information.
- the user equipment 101 may not expect a conflict in the time domain between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information. Accordingly, the user equipment 101 may send the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and receive the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
- the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling may include but is not limited to the uplink signal of the semi-static scheduling, the uplink channel of the semi-static scheduling, etc.
- the uplink channel of the semi-static scheduling may include but is not limited to the configured grant Physical Uplink Shared Uplink Channel. Channel, CG PUSCH), Periodic-Physical Uplink Control Channel (P-PUCCH), semi-statically scheduled uplink signals include but are not limited to Periodic-Sounding Reference Signal (P-SRS) and Semi-Persistent-Sounding Reference Signal (SP-SRS).
- the downlink information of semi-static scheduling includes but is not limited to the downlink channels of semi-static scheduling, downlink signals of semi-static scheduling, etc.
- the downlink channels of semi-static scheduling include but are not limited to the Semi-Persistent Scheduling Physical Downlink Shared Channel (SPS PDSCH), and the downlink signals of semi-static scheduling include but are not limited to the Periodic-Channel State Information-Reference Signal (P-CSI-RS) and the Semi-Persistent-Channel State Information-Reference Signal (SP-CSI-RS).
- SPS PDSCH Semi-Persistent Scheduling Physical Downlink Shared Channel
- P-CSI-RS Periodic-Channel State Information-Reference Signal
- SP-CSI-RS Semi-Persistent-Channel State Information-Reference Signal
- the network side device 102 may send indication information to the user equipment 101 so that the user equipment 101 determines the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the indication information.
- the network-side device 102 may also determine the processing that it needs to perform.
- the network side device 102 may determine a second processing method, where the second processing method may include discarding the uplink information or discarding the downlink information.
- the network side device 102 may perform conflict processing according to the second processing method.
- the processing performed by the network side device 102 needs to correspond to the processing performed by the user equipment 101 .
- the second processing manner of the network side device 102 may include discarding the uplink information.
- the second processing manner of the network side device 102 may include discarding the downlink information.
- the second processing manner includes discarding the uplink information when the network side device 102 does not expect the user equipment 101 to send the uplink information.
- the second processing manner includes discarding the downlink information, and the network side device 102 does not send the downlink information.
- the network side device 102 can ensure that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain during the process of semi-static scheduling of uplink information and semi-static scheduling of downlink information. Accordingly, the network side device 102 can receive the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information, and send the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
- the entities shown in FIG1 are examples.
- the embodiments or examples of the present disclosure may include all or part of the entities in FIG1 , or may include other entities other than FIG1 .
- the number of entities is arbitrary and is not limited to FIG1 .
- the connection relationships shown in FIG1 are examples. Any entities may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, which may be direct or indirect, and may be wired or wireless.
- the network side device can be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same user device on the same time domain resources, and can ensure that the conflict handling methods of the user device and the network side device on the same time domain resources correspond to each other.
- the network side device can also be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same user device on different time domain resources, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the following takes a user device including a terminal as an example to introduce the information processing method provided by the present disclosure from the terminal side.
- FIG2 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal.
- the method may include the following steps:
- step 201 indication information is obtained.
- obtaining the indication information may refer to the terminal receiving the indication information from the base station, or may refer to the terminal obtaining the indication information based on a protocol agreement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the indication information may be used to indicate the terminal to perform processing on at least one of the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information.
- the uplink information of semi-static scheduling refers to the uplink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal.
- the base station can activate the previously configured uplink information through an activation message.
- the activation message may include but is not limited to downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message, etc.
- the downlink information of semi-static scheduling refers to the downlink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can activate the previously configured downlink information through an activation message.
- the activation message may include but is not limited to DCI, RRC message, etc.
- obtaining indication information may include obtaining first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the content of the first indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal will be introduced in subsequent embodiments and will not be introduced here for the time being.
- acquiring the indication information may include acquiring second indication information and acquiring third indication information, wherein the second indication information is used for semi-persistently scheduling the uplink information, and the third indication information is used for semi-persistently scheduling the downlink information.
- the terminal may simultaneously obtain the second indication information and the third indication information through information received at one time.
- the terminal may respectively obtain the second indication information and the third indication information through information received multiple times.
- the content of the second indication information and the third indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal will be introduced in subsequent embodiments. This will not be introduced here.
- the terminal may obtain first indication information, second indication information and third indication information, and the terminal preferably performs processing required on at least one of semi-statically scheduled uplink information and semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first indication information.
- the terminal obtains indication information and performs processing on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the indication information, which should all fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
- the terminal can obtain the indication information, thereby determining the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information, thereby improving the availability of full-duplex communication.
- FIG. 3A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
- step 301 second indication information and third indication information are obtained.
- the second indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information
- the third indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information
- the second indication information may be a DCI or an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of uplink information for the terminal.
- the third indication information may be a DCI or an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of downlink information for the terminal.
- the second indication information and the third indication information may be the same or different DCIs, or the same or different RRC messages, or one may be a DCI and the other may be an RRC message, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the second indication information and the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal to determine the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information.
- the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from information received once.
- the terminal may receive a DCI, and obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from the DCI.
- the terminal may receive an RRC message, and obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from the RRC message.
- the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from information received multiple times.
- the terminal may receive a first DCI and obtain the second indication information from the first DCI.
- the terminal may also receive a second DCI and obtain the third indication information from the second DCI.
- the terminal may receive two RRC messages to respectively obtain the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the terminal may receive a DCI and an RRC message to obtain the second indication information and the third indication information respectively.
- the processing required to be performed on at least one of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling can be determined based on the second indication information of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the third indication information of the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling.
- step 302 based on the second indication information, a first priority of the uplink information is determined.
- the second indication information is DCI
- the terminal can determine the first priority based on whether the second indication information includes a priority indication field, or when the second indication information includes the priority indication field, the terminal can determine the first priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
- the terminal determines that the second indication information is DCI and does not include a priority indication field, and determines that the first priority is a preset priority.
- the preset priority can be the lowest priority or the highest priority, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the terminal determines that the second indication information is DCI and includes a priority indication field, and the terminal may determine the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority.
- the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field.
- the semi-static scheduling uplink information here refers to the uplink information configured before activating the base station.
- the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledge, HARQ-ACK) of PDSCH.
- the Priority indicator field can also be used to indicate the first priority of the uplink information.
- the terminal determines that the first DCI contains the priority indication field, and determines the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority.
- the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
- the terminal can determine the first priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
- the terminal determines that the first priority is a low priority.
- the terminal determines that the first priority is a high priority.
- the terminal can determine the first priority of the uplink information based on the priority indication field in the second indication information, such as the Priority indicator indication field, thereby saving information resources of the second indication information and having high availability.
- the second indication information is an RRC message
- the terminal may determine the first priority based on the first priority indication information included in the second indication information.
- the first priority indication information may be used to indicate a priority index.
- the priority indication information may be phy-PriorityIndex.
- the terminal determines the priority indicated by phy-PriorityIndex contained in the RRC message as the first priority.
- phy-PriorityIndex may be used to indicate the first priority of uplink information.
- step 303 based on the third indication information, the second priority of the downlink information is determined.
- the third indication information is DCI
- the terminal can determine the second priority based on whether the third indication information includes a priority indication field, or when the third indication information includes the priority indication field, the terminal can determine the second priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
- the terminal determines that the third indication information is DCI and does not include a priority indication field, and determines that the second priority is a preset priority.
- the preset priority can be the lowest priority or the highest priority, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the terminal determines that the third indication information is DCI and includes a priority indication field, and the terminal may determine the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority.
- the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field.
- the semi-static scheduling downlink information refers to the downlink information configured for the terminal before the base station is activated.
- the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the Priority indicator field can also be used to indicate the priority of the downlink information.
- the terminal determines that the second DCI contains the priority indication field, and determines the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority.
- the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
- the terminal can determine the second priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
- the terminal determines that the second priority is a low priority.
- the terminal determines that the second priority is a high priority.
- the terminal can determine the second priority of the downlink information based on the priority indication field in the third indication information, such as the Priority indicator indication field, thereby saving information resources of the third indication information and having high availability.
- the third indication information is an RRC message
- the terminal may determine the second priority based on the second priority indication information included in the third indication information.
- the second priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority of the associated information of the downlink information
- the second priority indication information can be harq-CodebookID, which is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the terminal determines the priority indicated by the harq-CodebookID contained in the RRC message as the second priority.
- the second priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH, and can also be used to indicate the second priority of the downlink information.
- Steps 302 and 303 may be executed in the order of receiving the second indication information and the third indication information. For example, if the terminal receives the second indication information first, step 302 may be executed first, and then step 303 may be executed. For another example, if the terminal receives the third indication information first, step 303 may be executed first, and then step 302 may be executed.
- the terminal may first execute step 302 and then execute step 303, or first execute step 303 and then execute step 302.
- the present disclosure does not limit this.
- the Priority indicator indication field can be reused so that the terminal can quickly determine the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information. There is no need for the base station to add other priority indication fields or priority indication information to the second indication information and the third indication information, thereby saving the signaling resources of the base station and having high availability.
- the phy-PriorityIndex indication field or the harq-CodebookID indication field can be reused so that the terminal can quickly determine the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information.
- the base station There is no need for the base station to add other priority indication fields or priority indication information in the second indication information and the third indication information, thereby saving the signaling resources of the base station and having high availability.
- step 304 in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information and there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, a first processing method is determined based on the first priority and the second priority.
- the terminal determines the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information. When the resource meets the first condition, it is determined that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first condition includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being within the same first time unit.
- the first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, the transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to the transmission direction of the first sub-band, or the transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
- the first time unit may be a slot, a symbol, a span, etc., which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- a span includes multiple continuous symbols.
- the first time unit may be an uplink time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the downlink subband means that the subband is configured for downlink data transmission.
- the first time unit may be a downlink time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the uplink subband refers to a subband configured for uplink data transmission.
- the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit.
- the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit.
- the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information.
- the terminal determines that the first processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
- step 305 conflict handling is performed according to the first handling manner.
- the terminal when the first processing mode includes discarding the uplink information, the terminal may not send the uplink information. Accordingly, the terminal may receive the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the terminal when the first processing mode includes discarding the downlink information, the terminal may not expect the base station to send the downlink information. Accordingly, the terminal may send the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information.
- the terminal can discard low-priority information according to the priority of uplink and downlink information.
- the terminal's conflict handling behavior is clarified, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the terminal can obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, thereby determining the first priority and the second priority respectively, and based on the two priorities, determining the first processing method executed by the terminal when the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, thereby performing conflict processing according to the first processing method.
- the present disclosure can support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above step 301 may be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information.
- the above steps 301 to 303 may be implemented in combination, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information.
- the terminal determines the first priority based on the second indication information, and determines the second priority based on the third indication information.
- the terminal may not perform conflict processing.
- the determined first priority information and second priority information are used in other schemes that require uplink and downlink information priorities. This disclosure is not limited to this.
- steps 304 to 305 may be combined with other solutions. For example, after the terminal determines the priority of uplink and downlink information in other ways, conflict handling may be performed using the solution of the present application.
- FIG. 3B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment.
- the terminal executes, and the method may include the following steps:
- step 301' the second indication information and the third indication information are obtained.
- step 301' The implementation method of step 301' is similar to the above step 301 and will not be repeated here.
- step 302' the first priority of the uplink information is determined based on the second indication information.
- step 302' The implementation method of step 302' is similar to the above step 302 and will not be repeated here.
- step 303' the second priority of the downlink information is determined based on the third indication information.
- step 303' The implementation method of step 303' is similar to the above step 303 and will not be repeated here.
- step 304' in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is the same as the second priority of the downlink information, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain.
- the terminal when the terminal determines that the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information do not satisfy the first condition, it determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first condition includes at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being located in the same first time unit.
- the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, and then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are not in the same first time unit, and then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are in the same first time unit, but the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are not in the same first time unit, and the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the content of the first time unit has been introduced in step 204 of the above embodiment and will not be repeated here.
- step 305' the uplink information is sent on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is received on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
- the terminal determines that the priorities of the uplink and downlink information are the same based on the second indication information and the third indication information, it does not expect the uplink information semi-statically scheduled by the base station to conflict with the downlink information semi-statically scheduled in the time domain. Accordingly, the terminal only needs to send uplink information or receive downlink information on the corresponding time domain resources.
- the base station is supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility of full-duplex communication.
- the terminal can obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, so as to respectively determine the first priority and the second priority.
- the terminal does not expect the semi-statically scheduled uplink information to conflict with the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
- the present disclosure can support the base station to semi-statically schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above step 301' can be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through these two indication information.
- the above steps 301' to 303' may be implemented in combination, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information.
- the terminal determines the first priority based on the second indication information, and determines the second priority based on the third indication information.
- the terminal may not perform conflict processing.
- the determined first priority information and second priority information are used in other schemes that require uplink and downlink information priorities. This disclosure is not limited to this.
- steps 304' to 305' can be combined with other schemes. For example, after the terminal determines the priority of the uplink and downlink information by other means, it can be determined through the scheme of the present application that there will be no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- FIG. 4A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
- step 401 first indication information sent by a base station is received.
- the terminal may obtain the first indication information sent by the base station, or the terminal may obtain the first indication information based on a protocol agreement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the first indication information can be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling when there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain.
- the first indication information may be an independent indication information different from the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the base station separately indicates the terminal through the first indication information the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain.
- the terminal behavior when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain is clarified, and the reliability of full-duplex communication is improved.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; The first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is used to indicate at least the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
- the terminal may receive the first indication information sent by the base station through a first message.
- the first message may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: an RRC message; a Medium Access Control Element (MAC CE) message.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- MAC CE Medium Access Control Element
- the terminal can receive the first indication information sent by the base station through the first message, and when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the terminal determines the processing to be performed on at least one of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling based on the first indication information.
- the implementation is simple and the availability is high.
- the first indication information is used to indicate a priority list.
- the priority list is used to indicate at least a first priority and a second priority.
- the priority list may be configured by the base station and sent to the terminal, or the priority list may be agreed upon by a protocol, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the terminal can determine the level of the first priority and the second priority.
- the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information, and that the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information.
- the first indication information may be sent by the base station to the terminal, or may be determined by the terminal based on a protocol agreement.
- the terminal determines the first priority and the second priority respectively based on the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration.
- the terminal may determine the relationship between the first priority and the second priority in the following manner:
- the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration.
- the terminal determines, based on the first indication information, that the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and that the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information.
- the terminal can determine the first priority and the second priority based on the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the priority of the transmission direction.
- the first indication information is used to indicate that the priority of uplink transmission is higher than the priority of downlink transmission, or that the priority of uplink transmission is lower than the priority of downlink transmission, or can indicate the priority of uplink transmission and the priority of downlink transmission.
- the terminal may determine the first priority and the second priority based on the priority of the transmission direction.
- the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission direction.
- the first indication information is used to indicate uplink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate downlink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information.
- the terminal can quickly determine the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information based on the first indication information, or determine the priority relationship between the two.
- the implementation is simple and the availability is high.
- step 402 in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a first processing manner is determined based on the first indication information.
- the manner of determining whether the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain may refer to the relevant contents of the above step 304, which will not be described in detail here.
- determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- the terminal may determine the relationship between the first priority and the second priority in the following manner:
- the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
- the terminal can determine that the shorter the cycle length of the information, the lower the priority. Even if the low-priority information is discarded, the terminal can send or receive the information again within a short time due to its short transmission cycle length.
- the terminal can send or receive the information again within a short time due to its short transmission cycle length.
- determining that the first processing mode includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining that the first processing mode includes discarding the downlink information.
- the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first cycle length of the uplink information is less than the second cycle length of the downlink information. At this time, the terminal determines that the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- the terminal determines that the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
- the terminal may determine the first processing manner in the following manner:
- the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- the terminal determines the priority of uplink transmission as the first priority and determines the priority of downlink transmission as the second priority.
- determining the first processing mode includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining the first processing mode includes discarding the downlink information.
- the terminal determines that information corresponding to the transmission direction indicated by the first indication information has a higher priority.
- the first indication information is used to indicate uplink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information. Accordingly, the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate downlink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information. Accordingly, the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- the terminal may determine, in the uplink information and the downlink information, an action to be performed on at least one of the uplink information and the downlink information according to the instruction of the first indication information.
- the first indication information may indicate at least one of the above contents, so that the terminal determines the first processing method for conflict handling, thereby improving the reliability and feasibility of full-duplex communication.
- step 403 conflict handling is performed according to the first handling manner.
- step 403 is similar to that of step 305 above, and will not be described in detail here.
- the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the second indication information and/or the third indication information is DCI
- the present disclosure does not limit whether the second indication information and the third indication information contain a priority indication field, and the content indicated by the priority indication field. That is, the second indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field.
- the third indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field.
- the second indication information and the third indication information are both DCI and both include a priority indication field
- the priority indication fields contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority, or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
- the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the second indication information and/or the third indication information is an RRC message
- the present disclosure does not limit the priority indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the second indication information and the third indication information are both RRC messages
- the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
- the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303.
- the terminal may receive the first indication information sent by the base station, thereby determining the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
- the terminal can obtain the above-mentioned first indication information, so as to perform conflict processing when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain, and support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above step 401 may be performed separately, that is, the base station indicates the processing that needs to be performed by the terminal when a conflict occurs through separate first indication information.
- the above steps 402 to 403 may be implemented in combination, and when the terminal determines that there is a conflict, it may determine the first processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the terminal directly determines the first processing method based on the protocol agreement.
- FIG. 4B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
- step 401' first indication information is obtained.
- the terminal may obtain the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
- the first indication information can be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
- the first indication information may be an independent indication information different from the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the terminal directly determines the first indication information based on the protocol agreement without occupying the signaling resources of the base station, and has high availability.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
- the terminal determines the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information according to the first indication information, or determines the priority relationship between the two, and the determination method is similar to the above step 401 and will not be repeated here.
- step 402' in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a first processing method is determined based on the first indication information.
- step 402' is similar to the above step 402 and will not be repeated here.
- step 403' conflict handling is performed according to the first processing method.
- step 403' The implementation method of step 403' is similar to the above step 403 and will not be repeated here.
- the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303.
- the terminal may obtain the first indication information according to the protocol agreement, so as to determine the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
- step 401' can be performed separately, that is, the terminal can obtain the first indication information agreed upon in the protocol.
- step 401' is deployed independently. Or it can also be combined with other embodiments, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
- the above steps 402' to 403' can be implemented in combination, and when the terminal determines that there is a conflict, it can determine the first processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the terminal directly determines the first processing method based on the protocol agreement.
- the terminal can perform conflict processing based on predefined rules when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
- FIG. 5 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be performed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
- step 501 terminal capability indication information is reported to a base station.
- the terminal capability indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal capability indication information when used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or the second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the first capability of the terminal is superior to the second capability.
- the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the second capability of the terminal is superior to the first capability.
- the terminal if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal does not have the above capability, the terminal does not expect the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain. Further, the terminal can send the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and receive the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the specific implementation method is similar to that in the above-mentioned embodiment in that when the priority is the same, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, and the process of sending the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and receiving the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information is similar and will not be repeated here.
- the terminal may continue to execute any information processing method corresponding to the above FIG. 3A , FIG. 3B , FIG. 4A , and FIG. 4B .
- the base station side may consider the specific processing capability of the terminal and semi-statically schedule uplink information and/or downlink information for the terminal.
- the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information, and when the second capability is superior to the first capability, the terminal discards the uplink information.
- the terminal can report terminal capability indication information to the base station so as to inform the base station whether the terminal has the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. Subsequently, the base station can ensure that the uplink and downlink information will not conflict in the time domain if the terminal does not have this capability, or perform conflict resolution by the terminal if the terminal has this capability, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the following takes the network side device including a base station as an example to introduce the information processing method provided by the present disclosure from the base station side.
- FIG6 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a base station.
- the method may include the following steps:
- step 601 indication information is sent to a terminal.
- the base station may send indication information to the terminal.
- the indication information may be used to indicate the terminal to perform processing on at least one of the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information.
- the semi-statically scheduled uplink information refers to the uplink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can activate the previously configured uplink information through an activation message.
- the activation message may include but is not limited to DCI, RRC message, etc.
- the downlink information of semi-static scheduling refers to the downlink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can activate the previously configured downlink information through an activation message.
- the activation message may include but is not limited to DCI, RRC message, etc.
- sending indication information to the terminal may include sending first indication information to the terminal, the first indication information being used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the uplink information and the downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the content of the first indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal have been introduced on the terminal side, and the corresponding actions performed on the base station side will be introduced in subsequent embodiments and will not be introduced here for the time being.
- sending the indication information to the terminal may include sending second indication information and third indication information to the terminal, wherein the second indication information is used for semi-statically scheduling the uplink information, and the third indication information is used for semi-statically scheduling the downlink information.
- the base station may inform the terminal of the second indication information and the third indication information through information sent once.
- the base station may respectively inform the terminal of the second indication information and the third indication information by sending information multiple times.
- the content of the second indication information and the third indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal have been introduced on the terminal side, and the corresponding actions performed on the base station side will be introduced in subsequent embodiments and will not be introduced here.
- the base station sends first indication information, second indication information and third indication information to the terminal, and the terminal preferably performs processing on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first indication information.
- the base station sends indication information to the terminal, so that the terminal needs to perform processing on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the indication information, which should fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
- the base station can send indication information so that the terminal can determine the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information, thereby improving the availability of full-duplex communication.
- FIG. 7A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment.
- the base station executes the method, which may include the following steps:
- step 701 second indication information and third indication information are sent to a terminal.
- the second indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information
- the third indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information
- the second indication information may be a DCI for semi-static scheduling of uplink information for the terminal.
- the second indication information may be an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of uplink information for the terminal.
- the third indication information may be a DCI for semi-statically scheduling downlink information for the terminal.
- the third indication information may be an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of downlink information for the terminal.
- the second indication information and the third indication information may be the same or different DCIs, or the same or different RRC messages, or one may be a DCI and the other may be an RRC message, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the second indication information and the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal to determine the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information.
- the base station may send information to the terminal once, and use the information to send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
- the base station may send a DCI, where the DCI includes the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the base station may send an RRC message including the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the base station may send information multiple times, including the second indication information and the third indication information respectively.
- the base station may send a first DCI, where the first DCI includes the second indication information.
- the base station may also send a second DCI, where the second DCI includes the third indication information.
- the base station may send an RRC message including the second indication information, and the base station may also send another RRC message including the third indication information.
- the base station may send an RRC message including the second indication information, and the base station may also send a DCI including the third indication information.
- the base station may send a DCI including the second indication information, and the base station may also send another RRC message including the third indication information.
- the base station may first determine whether the second indication information needs to include a priority indication field based on the current service.
- the base station determines that the priority of the currently executed service is low, and the base station may determine that the second indication information does not need to include a priority indication field.
- the base station determines that the priority of executing the service is higher, and the base station may determine that the second indication information needs to include a priority indication field.
- the base station in response to determining that the second indication information to be sent needs to include the priority indication field, configures the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority of the uplink information in the second indication information to be sent.
- the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field.
- the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the Priority indicator field is used to indicate the first priority of the uplink information.
- the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
- n is 1, and the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the second indication information to be sent to 0, where 0 is used to indicate that the first priority is a low priority.
- the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the second indication information to be sent to 1, where 1 is used to indicate that the first priority is a high priority.
- the base station may configure the priority indicated by the first priority indication information included in the RRC message as the first priority of the uplink information.
- the first priority indication information can be used to indicate a priority index.
- the priority indication information may be phy-PriorityIndex.
- the base station configures the priority indicated by phy-PriorityIndex contained in the RRC message as the first priority.
- phy-PriorityIndex may be used to indicate the first priority of uplink information.
- the base station may first determine whether the third indication information needs to include a priority indication field based on the current service.
- the base station determines that the priority of the currently executed service is low, and the base station may determine that the third indication information does not need to include a priority indication field.
- the base station determines that the priority of executing the service is higher, and the base station may determine that the third indication information needs to include a priority indication field.
- the base station in response to determining that the third indication information to be sent needs to include the priority indication field, configures the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority of the downlink information in the third indication information to be sent.
- the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field.
- the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the Priority indicator field is used to indicate the second priority of the downlink information.
- the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
- n is 1, and the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the third indication information to be sent to 0, where 0 is used to indicate that the second priority is a low priority.
- the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the third indication information to be sent to 1, where 1 is used to indicate that the second priority is a high priority.
- the base station may configure the priority indicated by the second priority indication information included in the RRC message as the second priority of the downlink information.
- the second priority indication information may be harq-CodebookID, which is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the base station configures the priority indicated by the harq-CodebookID included in the RRC message as the second priority.
- the second priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH, and can also be used to indicate the second priority of the downlink information.
- step 702 in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information and there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, a second processing method is determined based on the first priority and the second priority.
- the base station side can also perform corresponding conflict processing.
- the base station can determine the second processing method based on the first priority and the second priority.
- the base station when the base station determines that the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information meet a first condition, it determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first condition includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being within the same first time unit.
- the first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, the transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to the transmission direction of the first sub-band, or the transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
- the first time unit may be a slot, a symbol, a span, etc., which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- a span includes multiple continuous symbols.
- the first time unit may be an uplink time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the downlink subband means that the subband is configured for downlink data transmission.
- the first time unit may be a downlink time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the uplink subband refers to a subband configured for uplink data transmission.
- the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit.
- the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit.
- the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the base station determines that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain.
- the base station determines that the second processing manner includes discarding the downlink information.
- the base station determines that the second processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
- step 703 conflict handling is performed according to the second handling manner.
- the base station may not expect the terminal to send uplink information. Accordingly, the base station may send downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the base station may not send the downlink information.
- the base station can receive the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information.
- the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal so that the terminal performs conflict processing according to the first processing method.
- the base station itself may also perform conflict processing according to the second processing method.
- the present disclosure may support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, and may ensure that the base station and the terminal have a consistent understanding when performing conflict processing, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above step 701 may be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information.
- the above steps 702 to 703 may be implemented in combination, and when the base station determines that the above conflict exists, it may directly determine the second processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the base station may directly determine the second processing method based on the protocol agreement.
- FIG. 7B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which may be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
- step 701' the second indication information and the third indication information are sent to the terminal.
- step 701' The implementation method of step 701' is similar to the above step 701 and will not be repeated here.
- step 702' in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is the same as the second priority of the downlink information, the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information are configured so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the base station when the base station determines that the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information do not satisfy the first condition, it determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first condition includes at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being located in the same first time unit.
- the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource configured by the base station do not overlap in the time domain, and the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource configured by the base station are in the same first time unit, but the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, then the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first time domain resources and the second time domain resources configured by the base station are not in the same first time unit, and the first time domain resources and the second time domain resources do not overlap in the time domain, then the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the content of the first time unit has been introduced in step 304 of the above embodiment and will not be repeated here.
- step 703' the uplink information is received on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is sent on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
- the base station can send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal, so as to determine the first priority and the second priority respectively.
- the base station can ensure through configuration that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling do not conflict in the time domain.
- the present disclosure can support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above step 701' can be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through these two indication information.
- the above steps 702' to 703' may be implemented in combination, and the base station side ensures that the above conflicts do not occur through a configuration process.
- FIG. 8A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which may be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
- step 801 first indication information is sent to a terminal.
- the first indication information may be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
- the base station may send the first indication information to the terminal through a first message.
- the first message may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: RRC message; MAC CE message.
- step 802 in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a second processing manner is determined based on the first indication information.
- the manner of determining whether the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain may refer to the relevant content of the above step 702, which will not be described in detail here.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information
- the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information
- the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- the base station determines that the first priority is higher than the second priority, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding downlink information.
- the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first cycle duration of the uplink information is less than the second cycle duration of the downlink information, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- the base station determines that the first priority is higher than the second priority, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding downlink information.
- the second processing method is determined to include discarding the uplink information.
- the second processing method is determined to include discarding the downlink information.
- the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first indication information indicates uplink transmission, and accordingly determines that the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
- the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first indication information indicates downlink transmission, and accordingly determines that the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
- step 803 conflict handling is performed according to the second handling manner.
- step 803 is similar to the above step 703 and will not be repeated here.
- the base station may also send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
- the second indication information and/or the third indication information is DCI
- the third indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field.
- the second indication information and the third indication information are DCI and both include a priority indication field
- the two priority indication fields may indicate the same priority, or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
- the base station may also send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
- the second indication information and/or the third indication information is an RRC message
- the present disclosure does not limit the priority indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information.
- both indication information are RRC messages
- the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information included in the two indication information may indicate the same priority or different priorities, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
- the base station may send the first indication information to the terminal, thereby re-determining the first priority and the second priority.
- the terminal and the base station both determine the corresponding processing method based on the first indication information, and then perform conflict processing.
- the base station can send the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal, so that when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain, the terminal can perform conflict processing, and support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources.
- the base station can also perform conflict processing to ensure consistency with the understanding of the terminal side, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above step 801 can be performed separately, that is, the base station only sends the first indication information to the terminal separately, indicating the processing that the terminal needs to perform when the above conflict exists.
- the base station side data reception and transmission can be performed synchronously on the conflicting time domain resources, so the conflict processing can be performed only by the terminal side.
- the above steps 802 to 803 may be implemented in combination, and when the base station determines that the above conflict exists, it may directly determine the second processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing.
- the base station may directly determine the second processing method based on the protocol agreement.
- FIG. 8B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which may be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
- step 801' first indication information is obtained.
- the base station may not send the first indication information, but obtain the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
- the first indication information can be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
- the first indication information may be an independent indication information different from the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the terminal directly determines the first indication information based on the protocol agreement without occupying the signaling resources of the base station, and has high availability.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
- the base station determines the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information according to the first indication information, or determines the priority relationship between the two.
- the determination method is similar to the above step 801 and will not be repeated here.
- step 802' in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a second processing method is determined based on the first indication information.
- step 802' The implementation method of step 802' is similar to the above step 802 and will not be repeated here.
- step 803' conflict handling is performed according to the second processing method.
- step 803' The implementation method of step 803' is similar to the above step 803 and will not be repeated here.
- the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
- the base station may obtain the first indication information according to the protocol agreement, thereby re-determining the first priority and the second priority.
- the second processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
- the base station can perform conflict processing based on predefined rules when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above step 801' can be performed separately, that is, the base station obtains the first indication information, and for the base station side, data reception and transmission can be performed synchronously on the conflicting time domain resources, so conflict processing can be performed only by the terminal side.
- the terminal side also obtains the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
- the above steps 802' to 803' can be implemented in combination.
- the base station determines that the above conflict exists, it can directly determine the second processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing.
- the base station can directly determine the second processing method based on the protocol agreement.
- FIG. 9 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
- step 901 terminal capability indication information reported by a terminal is received.
- the terminal capability indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the uplink information and the downlink information. The ability to resolve conflicts in the time domain.
- the terminal capability indication information when used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or the second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the first capability of the terminal is superior to the second capability.
- the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the second capability of the terminal is superior to the first capability.
- the base station may configure the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information, so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. Further, the base station may receive the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and send the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the base station configures the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information, so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, and the base station can receive the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and send the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the process is similar and will not be repeated here.
- the terminal may continue to execute any information processing method corresponding to the above FIG. 7A , FIG. 7B , FIG. 8A , and FIG. 8B .
- the base station side may consider the specific processing capability of the terminal and semi-statically schedule uplink information and/or downlink information for the terminal.
- the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information. Accordingly, the base station may also discard the downlink information.
- the terminal discards the uplink information.
- the base station may also discard the uplink information.
- the terminal may report the terminal capability indication information to the base station, so as to inform the base station whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
- FIG. 10 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, and the method may include the following steps:
- step 1001 the terminal reports terminal capability indication information to the base station.
- the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- Step 1001 is an optional step. Exemplarily, when the protocol stipulates that the full-duplex terminal has this capability, the terminal may not execute step 1001.
- step 1002 the base station sends indication information to the terminal.
- the base station may send first indication information to the terminal; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the first indication information can be used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
- the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
- the second indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information.
- the third indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
- the base station may send first indication information, second indication information and third indication information to the terminal.
- step 1002 is an optional execution step. For example, when the terminal and the base station both obtain the first indication information based on a protocol agreement, step 1002 may not be executed.
- step 1003 in response to determining that there is a conflict in the time domain between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling, the terminal determines a first processing manner based on the indication information.
- the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information based on whether the second indication information and the third indication information include a priority indication field, and when the priority indication field is included, the priority indicated by the priority indication field, and when it is determined that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the information with the lower priority can be discarded.
- step 304 The specific implementation method refers to step 304 and will not be described again here.
- the terminal when the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the terminal directly determines the first processing manner based on the first indication information.
- step 402 The specific implementation method refers to step 402 and will not be described again here.
- step 1004 the terminal performs conflict handling according to the first handling manner.
- step 1004 refers to the above step 305 and will not be repeated here.
- step 1005 in response to determining that there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the base station determines a second processing manner.
- the base station when the base station sends the second indication information and the third indication information, in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information, and determining that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the information with the lower priority can be discarded.
- step 702 The specific implementation method refers to step 702 and will not be repeated here.
- the base station sends first indication information to the terminal, and when the base station determines that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the base station directly determines the second processing method based on the first indication information.
- the specific implementation method refers to step 802 and is not described here.
- step 1006 the base station performs conflict handling according to the second processing mode.
- step 1006 refers to the above step 703 and will not be repeated here.
- the base station can be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, and can ensure that the base station and the terminal have consistent understanding when performing conflict handling, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the above steps 1203 to 1204 can be implemented in combination, that is, as long as the terminal determines that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, conflict processing can be performed on the terminal side, and the specific processing method can be based on the protocol agreement.
- the above steps 1205 to 1206 can be implemented in combination, that is, as long as the base station determines that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, conflict processing can be performed on the base station side, and the specific processing method can be based on the protocol agreement.
- the base station when the terminal reports the capability indication information to the base station, and the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not have the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, the base station can configure the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. The terminal does not expect to configure the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal can send uplink information on the first time domain resource, and the base station receives uplink information on the first uplink time domain resource.
- the terminal may also receive downlink information on the second time domain resources, and the base station may send downlink information on the second uplink time domain resources.
- the base station determines that neither the second indication information nor the third indication information includes a priority indication field, or the base station determines that the second indication information does not include a priority indication field, the third indication information includes a priority indication field, and the priority indication field is configured as a low priority, or the base station determines that the third indication information does not include a priority indication field, the second indication information includes a priority indication field, and the priority indication field is configured as a low priority.
- the base station can configure the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal does not expect to configure the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal can send uplink information on the first time domain resource, and the base station receives uplink information on the first uplink time domain resource.
- the terminal may also receive downlink information on the second time domain resources, and the base station may send downlink information on the second uplink time domain resources.
- the base station sends the second indication information and the third indication information at the same time, and the base station can configure the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal does not expect to configure the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal can send uplink information on the first time domain resource, and the base station receives uplink information on the first uplink time domain resource.
- the terminal may also receive downlink information on the second time domain resources, and the base station may send downlink information on the second uplink time domain resources.
- the base station can be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
- the base station and the terminal may handle the conflict in the time domain.
- the full-duplex terminal processes the problem of conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain according to the indication information provided by the base station or the indication information agreed upon by the protocol.
- Method 1 The terminal discards low-priority messages and receives or sends high-priority messages
- the terminal may receive the second indication information and the third indication information sent by the base station, wherein the second indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information, and the third indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
- the first priority may be determined in the manner of step 302.
- the second indication information is an RRC message
- it may include a phy-PriorityIndex indication field, and the terminal determines the first priority based on the priority indicated by the indication field.
- the second priority may be determined in step 303 .
- the third indication information is an RRC message
- it may include a harq-CodebookID indication field, and the terminal determines the second priority based on the priority indicated by the indication field.
- the second priority indication information carried in the RRC message such as harq-CodebookID, is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the information field also represents the priority of the PDSCH.
- Method 2 The terminal determines the information to be discarded based on the first indication information sent by the base station.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
- the first indication information is relevant indication information carried by the base station through an RRC message or a MAC CE message, indicating the processing that the terminal should perform when there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain.
- the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the second indication information and/or the third indication information is DCI
- the present disclosure does not limit whether the second indication information and the third indication information contain a priority indication field, and the content indicated by the priority indication field. That is, the second indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field.
- the third indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field.
- the second indication information and the third indication information are both DCI and both include a priority indication field
- the priority indication fields contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority, or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
- the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the second indication information and/or the third indication information is an RRC message
- the present disclosure does not limit the priority indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information.
- the second indication information and the third indication information are both RRC messages
- the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
- the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303.
- the terminal may receive the first indication information sent by the base station, thereby determining the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
- Method 3 The terminal handles the conflict according to predefined rules.
- the terminal obtains the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
- the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303.
- the terminal may obtain the first indication information based on the protocol agreement, so as to determine the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information agreed upon in the protocol, and then the conflict processing is performed.
- Method 4 The terminal reports terminal capability indication information.
- the terminal capability indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal capability indication information when used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or the second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- the terminal if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal does not have the above capability, the terminal does not expect the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain. Further, the terminal can send the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and receive the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
- the specific implementation method is similar to that in the above-mentioned embodiment in that when the priority is the same, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, and the process of sending the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and receiving the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information is similar and will not be repeated here.
- the terminal may continue to execute any information processing method corresponding to the above FIG. 3A , FIG. 3B , FIG. 4A , and FIG. 4B .
- the base station side may consider the specific processing capability of the terminal and semi-statically schedule the uplink information of the terminal. information and/or downlink information.
- the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information, and when the second capability is superior to the first capability, the terminal discards the uplink information.
- the first subband in the present disclosure may be a UL subband configured on a downlink symbol, or a DL subband configured on an uplink symbol, or a UL subband or DL subband configured on a flexible symbol.
- the full-duplex base station may use, but is not limited to, the following methods to handle the conflict between the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
- Method 1 The base station discards low-priority information and receives or sends high-priority information.
- Method 2 The base station sends first indication information to the terminal to determine the information to be discarded.
- Method 3 The base station handles the conflict according to a predefined rule.
- Method 4 The base station handles the conflict according to the terminal capability indication information reported by the terminal.
- Example 1 it is assumed that the terminal is a terminal with full-duplex capability, that is, the terminal can transmit uplink in the UL subband on the DL or flexible symbol, or receive downlink in the DL subband on the UL or flexible symbol. It is assumed that the base station is a full-duplex base station, that is, the base station can perform transmission and reception at the same time.
- the UL subband on the DL symbol is used as an example for description.
- the method described in this embodiment can be used in other full-duplex scenarios.
- the base station schedules the terminal to receive a downlink channel (or downlink signal) and to send an uplink channel (or uplink signal) at the same time in the first time unit.
- the subband configuration in the first time unit may be, for example, as shown in FIG. 11 .
- the terminal receives a downlink PDSCH in the DL subband through a first DCI scheduling, and sends a PUSCH in the UL subband through a second DCI scheduling.
- the PDSCH and PUSCH overlap in the time domain. Further, the overlap is that the PDSCH and PUSCH overlap on a partial orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM) symbol, as shown in FIG. 12A . Or they completely overlap on all OFDM symbols, as shown in FIG. 12B . Or the PDSCH and PUSCH are transmitted in the same first time unit but there is no overlap in time domain resources, as shown in FIG. 12C .
- OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
- the terminal and the base station determine the first priority and the second priority based on the second indication information and the third indication information, and then determine how to handle the conflict.
- the priority of the uplink and downlink information is determined based on the following contents included in the second indication information and/or the third indication information:
- a corresponding bit value of 0 indicates low priority, and a corresponding bit value of 1 indicates high priority.
- the priority indicator carried in the DCI for activating SPS PDSCH or the DCI for deactivating SPS PDSCH is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the information field also represents the priority of the PDSCH.
- the terminal discards information with a lower priority and receives or sends channel information with a higher priority.
- the terminal discards the PUSCH and receives the SPS PDSCH, and the base station sends the SPS PDSCH normally and no longer receives the PUSCH.
- the terminal discards the PDSCH and sends the PUSCH, and the base station receives the PUSCH normally and no longer sends the SPS PDSCH.
- the terminal may report terminal capability indication information, that is, whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the terminal When the terminal has the capability, the terminal processes the conflict according to the above method.
- the terminal does not have the capability, the terminal does not expect the semi-static downlink transmission and the semi-static uplink transmission to conflict in the time domain.
- Example 1 it is assumed that the terminal is a terminal with full-duplex capability, that is, the terminal can transmit uplink in the UL subband on the DL or flexible symbol, or receive downlink in the DL subband on the UL or flexible symbol. It is assumed that the base station is a full-duplex base station, that is, the base station can perform transmission and reception at the same time.
- the UL subband on the DL symbol is taken as an example for description.
- the method described in this embodiment can be used in other full-duplex scenarios.
- the base station schedules the terminal to receive a downlink channel (or downlink signal) and to send an uplink channel (or uplink signal) at the same time in the first time unit.
- the subband configuration in the first time unit may be, for example, as shown in FIG. 11 .
- the terminal receives a downlink PDSCH in the DL subband through a first DCI scheduling, and sends a PUSCH in the UL subband through a second DCI scheduling.
- the PDSCH and PUSCH overlap in the time domain. Further, the overlap is that the PDSCH and PUSCH overlap on a partial orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM) symbol, as shown in FIG. 12A . Or they completely overlap on all OFDM symbols, as shown in FIG. 12B . Or the PDSCH and PUSCH are transmitted in the same first time unit but there is no overlap in time domain resources, as shown in FIG. 12C .
- OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
- this patent does not impose any limitation on the overlapping condition of the PDSCH and PUSCH in the time domain.
- the terminal and the base station determine how to handle the conflict based on the first indication information sent by the base station.
- the base station carries the first indication information through an RRC message or a MAC CE message to notify the terminal of the processing method to be adopted when the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information conflict in the time domain.
- the content that the first indication information may include has been introduced in the above embodiments and will not be repeated here.
- the first indication information occupies 1 bit and is carried by an RRC message or a MAC CE message, and this embodiment does not impose any limitation. It is assumed that the base station indicates the transmission direction that the terminal needs to discard when a conflict occurs through the 1-bit first indication information.
- the specific indication signaling is shown in Table 1 below.
- the terminal abandons the uplink transmission, that is, abandons the CG PUSCH in this embodiment.
- the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH according to the scheduling detection of the DCI.
- the base station side also does not expect to receive the PUSCH, but sends the SPS PDSCH normally.
- the terminal cancels the downlink reception, that is, the SPS PDSCH is discarded in this embodiment.
- the terminal sends the PUSCH according to the scheduling of the DCI.
- the base station side also does not send the SPS PDSCH, but receives the PUSCH normally.
- the DCI includes a priority indicator field
- the priority indicator field indicates the same priority or different priorities
- the contents indicated by the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information in the RRC message are not limited.
- the meaning of discarding is that the terminal does not expect the base station to send a downlink channel or the terminal does not send an uplink channel, the base station does not send a downlink channel or the base station does not expect the terminal to send an uplink channel.
- the priority indication field can be a Priority indicator indication field, a bit value of 0 indicates low priority, and a bit value of 1 indicates high priority.
- the priority indicator field is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH.
- the indicator field information field also represents the priority of the uplink channel or the downlink channel.
- the terminal may report terminal capability information, that is, whether it has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink channel and the downlink channel in the time domain.
- terminal capability information that is, whether it has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink channel and the downlink channel in the time domain.
- the terminal handles the conflict according to the above method.
- the terminal does not expect the uplink channel to conflict with the downlink channel in the time domain.
- Embodiment 3 as described in Embodiment 1-Embodiment 2, the semi-static uplink transmission and the semi-static downlink transmission configured by the base station for the terminal conflict within the first time unit.
- the terminal and the base station handle the conflict according to predefined rules.
- the predefined rules include but are not limited to the following rules:
- Rule 1 Determine the channel or signal that needs to be dropped based on the priority list.
- the priority list is determined by protocol pre-definition or base station configuration.
- the terminal and the base station discard signals or channels with lower priorities according to the priority list.
- Rule 2 Determine the channel or signal to be discarded based on the transmission period of the channel or signal
- a signal or channel with a smaller period has a lower priority, and when a conflict occurs with a signal or channel with a larger period, the signal or channel with the smaller period is discarded.
- Rule 3 Determine the discarded signal or channel based on the transmission direction
- the first indication information indicates that the uplink transmission has a higher priority. Then, when a time domain conflict occurs between the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission, The downlink transmission needs to be discarded.
- this method can achieve better results when the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information have the same priority.
- the terminal may report corresponding terminal capability indication information.
- the specific method is as described in Example 1 and will not be described in detail here.
- Embodiment 4 as described in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, uplink information semi-statically scheduled by the base station for the terminal and downlink information semi-statically scheduled conflict within the first time unit.
- the terminal reports the terminal capability indication information.
- the terminal capability indication information can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process uplink information of semi-static scheduling and/or the second capability of the terminal to process downlink information of semi-static scheduling.
- the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information, and when the second capability is superior to the first capability, the terminal discards the uplink information.
- the base station may send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission direction, which is determined based on the terminal capability. For example, if the first capability of the terminal is better, the transmission direction indicated by the first indication information is uplink transmission. For another example, if the second capability of the terminal is better, the transmission direction indicated by the first indication information is downlink transmission.
- the terminal and the base station process the conflict between the semi-static uplink and the semi-static downlink according to the terminal capability indication information.
- the present disclosure also provides an application function implementation device embodiment.
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a user-side device according to an exemplary embodiment, wherein the device includes:
- the acquisition module 1301 is configured to acquire indication information, wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
- FIG. 14 is a block diagram of a network side device according to an exemplary embodiment, wherein the device includes:
- the sending module 1401 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
- the relevant parts can refer to the partial description of the method embodiments.
- the device embodiments described above are only schematic, wherein the units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the disclosed solution. A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement it without paying any creative work.
- the present disclosure also provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to execute any of the above-mentioned information processing methods.
- the present disclosure also provides a user equipment, including:
- a memory for storing processor-executable instructions
- the processor is configured to execute any of the information processing methods described above on the terminal side.
- Fig. 15 is a block diagram of a user device 1500 according to an exemplary embodiment.
- the device 1500 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, an e-book reader, a multimedia player, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted user device, an iPad, a smart TV, or other terminals.
- device 1500 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 1502 , a memory 1504 , a power component 1506 , a multimedia component 1508 , an audio component 1510 , an input/output (I/O) interface 1512 , a sensor component 1516 , and a communication component 1518 .
- a processing component 1502 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 1502 , a memory 1504 , a power component 1506 , a multimedia component 1508 , an audio component 1510 , an input/output (I/O) interface 1512 , a sensor component 1516 , and a communication component 1518 .
- a processing component 1502 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 1502 , a memory 1504 , a power component 1506 , a multimedia component 1508 , an audio component 1510 , an input/output (I/O) interface 1512 , a sensor component 1516 , and a communication component
- the processing component 1502 generally controls the overall operation of the device 1500, such as operations associated with display, phone calls, random access to data, camera operations, and recording operations.
- the processing component 1502 may include one or more processors 1520 to execute instructions to complete all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned information processing method.
- the processing component 1502 may include one or more modules to facilitate the interaction between the processing component 1502 and other components.
- the processing component 1502 may include a multimedia module to facilitate the interaction between the multimedia component 1508 and the processing component 1502.
- the processing component 1502 can read executable instructions from the memory to implement the steps of an information processing method provided in the above-mentioned embodiments.
- the memory 1504 is configured to store various types of data to support operations on the device 1500. Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the device 1500, contact data, phone book data, messages, pictures, videos, etc.
- the memory 1504 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic memory, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.
- SRAM static random access memory
- EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
- EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
- PROM programmable read-only memory
- ROM read-only memory
- magnetic memory flash memory
- flash memory magnetic disk or optical disk.
- the power supply component 1506 provides power to the various components of the device 1500.
- the power supply component 1506 can include a power management system, one or more power supplies, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power for the device 1500.
- the multimedia component 1508 includes a display screen that provides an output interface between the device 1500 and a user.
- the media component 1508 includes a front camera and/or a rear camera.
- the front camera and/or the rear camera can receive external multimedia data.
- Each front camera and the rear camera can be a fixed optical lens system or have a focal length and optical zoom capability.
- the audio component 1510 is configured to output and/or input audio signals.
- the audio component 1510 includes a microphone (MIC), and when the device 1500 is in an operating mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a speech recognition mode, the microphone is configured to receive an external audio signal.
- the received audio signal can be further stored in the memory 1504 or sent via the communication component 1518.
- the audio component 1510 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.
- I/O interface 1512 provides an interface between processing component 1502 and peripheral interface modules, such as keyboards, click wheels, buttons, etc. These buttons may include but are not limited to: home button, volume button, start button, and lock button.
- the sensor assembly 1516 includes one or more sensors for providing various aspects of status assessment for the device 1500.
- the sensor assembly 1516 can detect the open/closed state of the device 1500, the relative positioning of components, such as the display and keypad of the device 1500, and the sensor assembly 1516 can also detect the position change of the device 1500 or a component of the device 1500, the presence or absence of user contact with the device 1500, the orientation or acceleration/deceleration of the device 1500, and the temperature change of the device 1500.
- the sensor assembly 1516 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of a nearby object without any physical contact.
- the sensor assembly 1516 may also include an optical sensor, such as a CMOS or CCD image sensor, for use in imaging applications.
- the sensor assembly 1516 may also include an accelerometer, a gyroscope sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor, or a temperature sensor.
- the communication component 1518 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communication between the device 1500 and other devices.
- the device 1500 can access a wireless network based on a communication standard, such as Wi-Fi, 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G or 6G, or a combination thereof.
- the communication component 1518 receives a broadcast signal or broadcast-related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel.
- the communication component 1518 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication.
- the NFC module can be implemented based on radio frequency identification (RFID) technology, infrared data association (IrDA) technology, ultra-wideband (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.
- RFID radio frequency identification
- IrDA infrared data association
- UWB ultra-wideband
- Bluetooth Bluetooth
- device 1500 can be implemented by one or more application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors or other electronic components to execute any of the information processing methods described above on the terminal side.
- ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
- DSPs digital signal processors
- DSPDs digital signal processing devices
- PLDs programmable logic devices
- FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
- controllers microcontrollers, microprocessors or other electronic components to execute any of the information processing methods described above on the terminal side.
- a non-transitory machine-readable storage medium including instructions is also provided, such as a memory 1504 including instructions, and the instructions can be executed by the processor 1520 of the device 1500 to perform the above information processing method.
- the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can be a ROM, a random access memory (RAM), a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, an optical data storage device, etc.
- a network side device including:
- a memory for storing processor-executable instructions
- the processor is configured to execute any of the information processing methods described above on the base station side.
- FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a network side device 1600 according to an exemplary embodiment.
- the network side device 1600 may be provided as a base station.
- the device 1600 includes a processing component 1622, a wireless transmission/reception component 1624, an antenna component 1626, and a signal processing part specific to a wireless interface, and the processing component 1622 may further include at least one processor.
- One of the processors in the processing component 1622 may be configured to execute any of the above-mentioned information processing methods.
- each step in a certain embodiment or example can be implemented as an independent example, and the steps can be combined arbitrarily.
- the scheme after removing some steps in a certain embodiment or example can also be implemented as an independent example, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment or example can be arbitrarily exchanged.
- the description methods of the present disclosure may include at least one of the following technical solutions according to the situation: executing A independently of B, that is, A in some embodiments or examples; executing B independently of A, that is, B in some embodiments or examples; selectively executing A and B, that is, selecting to execute from A and B in some embodiments or examples; executing both A and B, that is, A and B in some embodiments or examples.
- each element, each row, or each column in the table involved in the present disclosure can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns can also be implemented as an independent embodiment.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本公开涉及通信领域,尤其涉及信息处理方法及装置、存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communications, and in particular to an information processing method and device, and a storage medium.
目前,随着无线通信技术的飞速发展,多媒体业务成为移动用户的主要业务需求,其数据流量需求与日俱增,对全双工(duplex)通信的需求也越来越多。At present, with the rapid development of wireless communication technology, multimedia services have become the main service demand of mobile users, and their data traffic demand is increasing day by day, and the demand for full-duplex communication is also increasing.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法及装置、存储介质。Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method and device, and a storage medium.
根据本公开实施例的第一方面,提供一种信息处理方法,所述方法由终端执行,包括:According to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided an information processing method, the method being executed by a terminal, comprising:
获取指示信息;其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。Obtain indication information; wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
可选地,所述获取指示信息包括:Optionally, the obtaining indication information includes:
获取第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。Obtain first indication information; wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
可选地,所述获取指示信息包括:Optionally, the obtaining indication information includes:
获取第二指示信息;其中,所述第二指示信息用于半静态调度所述上行信息;和Acquire second indication information; wherein the second indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information; and
获取第三指示信息;其中,所述第三指示信息用于半静态调度所述下行信息。Obtain third indication information; wherein the third indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
响应于确定第二指示信息为下行控制信息DCI且未包含优先级指示域,确定所述第一优先级为预设优先级;In response to determining that the second indication information is downlink control information DCI and does not include a priority indication field, determining that the first priority is a preset priority;
响应于确定所述第二指示信息为DCI且包含优先级指示域,将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级确定为所述第一优先级;In response to determining that the second indication information is DCI and includes a priority indication field, determining the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority;
响应于确定所述第二指示信息为无线资源控制RRC消息且包含第一优先级指示信息,将所述第一优先级指示信息所指示的优先级确定为所述第一优先级;In response to determining that the second indication information is a radio resource control RRC message and includes first priority indication information, determining the priority indicated by the first priority indication information as the first priority;
响应于确定第三指示信息中为DCI且未包含优先级指示域,确定所述第二优先级为预设优先级;In response to determining that the third indication information is DCI and does not include a priority indication field, determining that the second priority is a preset priority;
响应于确定所述第三指示信息为DCI且包含所述优先级指示域,将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级确定为所述第二优先级;In response to determining that the third indication information is DCI and includes the priority indication field, determining the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority;
响应于确定所述第三指示信息为RRC消息且包含第二优先级指示信息,将所述第二优先级指示信息所指示的优先级确定为所述第二优先级。In response to determining that the third indication information is an RRC message and includes second priority indication information, the priority indicated by the second priority indication information is determined as the second priority.
可选地,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
丢弃所述上行信息;discarding the uplink information;
丢弃所述下行信息;discarding the downlink information;
保留所述上行信息;retaining the uplink information;
保留所述下行信息;retaining the downlink information;
所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;The first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information;
所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;The first priority is lower than the second priority;
优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;A priority list; wherein the priority list is used to indicate at least the first priority and the second priority;
所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;The first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information;
所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;The first cycle duration and the second cycle duration;
传输方向的优先级;The priority of the transmission direction;
传输方向。Transmission direction.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
响应于确定所述上行信息的第一周期时长小于所述下行信息的第二周期时长,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级;In response to determining that the first cycle duration of the uplink information is less than the second cycle duration of the downlink information, determining that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information;
响应于确定所述第一周期时长大于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级;In response to determining that the first cycle duration is greater than the second cycle duration, determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority;
响应于确定所述第一周期时长等于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级与所述第二优先级相等。 In response to determining that the first cycle duration is equal to the second cycle duration, the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定上行传输的优先级低于下行传输的优先级,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级;In response to determining that the priority of the uplink transmission is lower than the priority of the downlink transmission, determining that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information;
响应于确定上行传输的优先级高于下行传输的优先级,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级。In response to determining that the priority of uplink transmission is higher than the priority of downlink transmission, determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述上行信息的第一优先级与所述下行信息的第二优先级不同,且所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级,确定第一处理方式;In response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information, and that the uplink information conflicts with the downlink information in the time domain, determining a first processing manner based on the first priority and the second priority;
按照所述第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。According to the first processing method, conflict processing is performed.
可选地,所述基于所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级,确定第一处理方式,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the determining a first processing manner based on the first priority and the second priority includes at least one of the following:
响应于确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级,确定所述第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息;In response to determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority, determining that the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information;
响应于确定所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级,确定所述第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In response to determining that the first priority is lower than the second priority, determining that the first processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述第一优先级与所述第二优先级相同,不期待所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突;In response to determining that the first priority is the same as the second priority, not expecting a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain;
在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送所述上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收所述下行信息。The uplink information is sent on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is received on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
可选地,所述获取指示信息,包括:Optionally, the obtaining indication information includes:
获取基站通过第一消息发送的所述第一指示信息;Acquire the first indication information sent by the base station through a first message;
其中,所述第一消息包括以下至少一项:The first message includes at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC信令消息;Radio Resource Control RRC signaling message;
媒体访问控制单元MAC CE消息。Media Access Control Unit MAC CE message.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
向所述基站上报终端能力指示信息;其中,所述终端能力指示信息用于指示所述终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力。Reporting terminal capability indication information to the base station; wherein the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal has the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述终端能力指示信息用于指示所述终端具备所述能力,且所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,确定执行冲突处理。In response to determining that the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, and that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, it is determined to perform conflict processing.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述终端能力指示信息用于指示所述终端不具备所述能力,不期待所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突;In response to determining that the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not have the capability, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain;
在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收下行信息。Uplink information is sent on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and downlink information is received on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源与所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源满足第一条件,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突;In response to determining that the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information meet a first condition, determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain;
其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:The first condition includes at least one of the following:
在时域上存在重叠;There is overlap in the time domain;
位于相同的第一时间单元内;其中,第一时间单元内配置了第一子带,所述第一时间单元的传输方向与所述第一子带的传输方向相反,或所述第一时间单元的传输方向为灵活。Located in the same first time unit; wherein, a first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, a transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to a transmission direction of the first sub-band, or a transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
根据本公开实施例的第二方面,提供一种信息处理方法,所述方法由基站执行,包括:According to a second aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided an information processing method, the method being executed by a base station, including:
向终端发送指示信息;其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。Sending indication information to the terminal; wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
可选地,所述向终端发送指示信息,包括:Optionally, the sending the indication information to the terminal includes:
向所述终端发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示当半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对所述上行信息与所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。Sending first indication information to the terminal; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the uplink information and the downlink information when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
可选地,所述向终端发送指示信息,包括:Optionally, the sending the indication information to the terminal includes:
向所述终端发送第二指示信息;其中,所述第二指示信息用于半静态调度所述上行信息;和Sending second indication information to the terminal; wherein the second indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information; and
向所述终端发送第三指示信息;其中,所述第三指示信息用于半静态调度所述下行信息。Send third indication information to the terminal; wherein the third indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
响应于确定待发送的所述第二指示信息为下行控制信息DCI且包含优先级指示域,在待发送的所述第二指示信息中,将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级配置为所述上行信息的第一优先级;In response to determining that the second indication information to be sent is downlink control information DCI and includes a priority indication field, in the second indication information to be sent, configuring the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority of the uplink information;
响应于确定待发送的所述第三指示信息为DCI且包含优先级指示域,在待发送的所述第三指示信息中, 将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级配置为所述下行信息的第二优先级;In response to determining that the third indication information to be sent is DCI and includes a priority indication field, in the third indication information to be sent, Configuring the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority of the downlink information;
响应于确定待发送的所述第二指示信息为无线资源控制RRC消息,在待发送的所述第二指示信息中,将优先级指示信息所指示的优先级配置为所述上行信息的第一优先级;In response to determining that the second indication information to be sent is a radio resource control RRC message, in the second indication information to be sent, configuring the priority indicated by the priority indication information as the first priority of the uplink information;
响应于确定待发送的所述第三指示信息为无线资源控制RRC消息,在待发送的所述第三指示信息中,将优先级指示信息所指示的优先级配置为所述下行信息的第二优先级。In response to determining that the third indication information to be sent is a radio resource control RRC message, in the third indication information to be sent, the priority indicated by the priority indication information is configured as the second priority of the downlink information.
可选地,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
丢弃所述上行信息;discarding the uplink information;
丢弃所述下行信息;discarding the downlink information;
保留所述上行信息;retaining the uplink information;
保留所述下行信息;retaining the downlink information;
所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;The first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information;
所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;The first priority is lower than the second priority;
优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;A priority list; wherein the priority list is used to indicate at least the first priority and the second priority;
所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;The first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information;
所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;The first cycle duration and the second cycle duration;
传输方向的优先级;The priority of the transmission direction;
传输方向。Transmission direction.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
响应于确定所述上行信息的第一周期时长小于所述下行信息的第二周期时长,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级;In response to determining that the first cycle duration of the uplink information is less than the second cycle duration of the downlink information, determining that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information;
响应于确定所述第一周期时长大于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级;In response to determining that the first cycle duration is greater than the second cycle duration, determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority;
响应于确定所述第一周期时长等于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级与所述第二优先级相等。In response to determining that the first cycle duration is equal to the second cycle duration, the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
响应于确定上行传输的优先级低于下行传输的优先级,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级;In response to determining that the priority of the uplink transmission is lower than the priority of the downlink transmission, determining that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information;
响应于确定上行传输的优先级高于下行传输的优先级,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级。In response to determining that the priority of uplink transmission is higher than the priority of downlink transmission, determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述上行信息的第一优先级与所述下行信息的第二优先级不同,且所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级,确定第二处理方式;In response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information, and that the uplink information conflicts with the downlink information in the time domain, determining a second processing manner based on the first priority and the second priority;
按照所述第二处理方式,执行冲突处理。According to the second processing method, conflict processing is performed.
可选地,所述基于所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级,确定第二处理方式,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the determining a second processing manner based on the first priority and the second priority includes at least one of the following:
响应于确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级,确定所述第二处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息;In response to determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority, determining that the second processing manner includes discarding the downlink information;
响应于确定所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级,确定所述第二处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In response to determining that the first priority is lower than the second priority, determining that the second processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述第一优先级与所述第二优先级相同,配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突;In response to determining that the first priority is the same as the second priority, configuring a first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and a second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain;
在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上接收所述上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上发送所述下行信息。The uplink information is received on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is sent on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
可选地,所述向终端发送指示信息,包括:Optionally, the sending the indication information to the terminal includes:
通过第一消息向所述终端发送所述第一指示信息;Sending the first indication information to the terminal through a first message;
其中,所述第一消息包括以下至少一项:The first message includes at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC信令消息;Radio Resource Control RRC signaling message;
媒体访问控制单元MAC CE消息。Media Access Control Unit MAC CE message.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
接收所述终端上报的终端能力指示信息;其中,所述终端能力指示信息用于指示所述终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力。Receive terminal capability indication information reported by the terminal; wherein the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal has the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述终端能力指示信息用于指示所述终端具备所述能力,且所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,确定执行冲突处理。In response to determining that the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, and that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, it is determined to perform conflict processing.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述终端能力指示信息用于指示所述终端不具备所述能力,配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲 突;In response to determining that the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not have the capability, configuring the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. sudden;
在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上接收所述上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上发送所述下行信息。The uplink information is received on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is sent on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:
响应于确定所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源与所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源满足第一条件,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突;In response to determining that the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information meet a first condition, determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain;
其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:The first condition includes at least one of the following:
在时域上存在重叠;There is overlap in the time domain;
位于相同的第一时间单元内;其中,第一时间单元内配置了第一子带,所述第一时间单元的传输方向与所述第一子带的传输方向相反,或所述第一时间单元的传输方向为灵活。Located in the same first time unit; wherein, a first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, a transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to a transmission direction of the first sub-band, or a transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
根据本公开实施例的第三方面,提供一种用户侧装置,所述装置包括:According to a third aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a user-side device is provided, the device comprising:
获取模块,被配置为获取指示信息;其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。The acquisition module is configured to acquire indication information; wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
根据本公开实施例的第四方面,提供一种网络侧装置,所述装置包括:According to a fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a network side device is provided, the device comprising:
发送模块,被配置为向终端发送指示信息;其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。The sending module is configured to send indication information to the terminal; wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
根据本公开实施例的第五方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于执行上述任一项所述的信息处理方法。According to a fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to execute any one of the information processing methods described above.
根据本公开实施例的第六方面,提供一种用户设备,包括:According to a sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a user equipment is provided, including:
处理器;processor;
用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;a memory for storing processor-executable instructions;
其中,所述处理器被配置为用于执行上述第一方面任一项所述的信息处理方法。The processor is configured to execute the information processing method described in any one of the first aspects above.
根据本公开实施例的第七方面,提供一种网络侧设备,包括:According to a seventh aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a network side device is provided, including:
处理器;processor;
用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;a memory for storing processor-executable instructions;
其中,所述处理器被配置为用于执行上述第二方面任一项所述的信息处理方法。Wherein, the processor is configured to execute the information processing method described in any one of the second aspects above.
应当理解的是,以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的,并不能限制本公开。It is to be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the present disclosure.
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本发明的实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本发明的原理。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the invention and, together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the invention.
图1是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理系统架构图。Fig. 1 is an architecture diagram of an information processing system according to an exemplary embodiment.
图2是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图3A是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 3A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图3B是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 3B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图4A是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 4A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图4B是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 4B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图5是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 5 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图6是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 6 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图7A是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 7A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图7B是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 7B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图8A是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 8A is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图8B是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 8B is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图9是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 9 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图10是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种信息处理方法流程示意图。Fig. 10 is a schematic flow chart of another information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment.
图11是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种第一时间单元的资源示意图。Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram showing resources of a first time unit according to an exemplary embodiment.
图12A至图12C是根据一示例性实施例示出的确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突时的资源示意图。FIG. 12A to FIG. 12C are schematic diagrams showing resources for determining a conflict between uplink information of semi-persistent scheduling and downlink information of semi-persistent scheduling in the time domain according to an exemplary embodiment.
图13是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种用户侧装置框图。Fig. 13 is a block diagram of a user-side device according to an exemplary embodiment.
图14是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种网络侧装置框图。Fig. 14 is a block diagram of a network-side device according to an exemplary embodiment.
图15是本公开根据一示例性实施例示出的一种用户设备的一结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a user equipment according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
图16是本公开根据一示例性实施例示出的一种网络侧设备的一结构示意图。 FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network-side device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本发明相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本发明的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail herein, examples of which are shown in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, the same numbers in different drawings represent the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The embodiments described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all embodiments consistent with the present invention. Instead, they are merely examples of devices and methods consistent with some aspects of the present invention as detailed in the appended claims.
在本公开使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本公开。在本公开和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含至少一个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。The terms used in this disclosure are for the purpose of describing specific embodiments only and are not intended to limit the disclosure. The singular forms of "a", "said" and "the" used in this disclosure and the appended claims are also intended to include plural forms unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" used herein refers to and includes any or all possible combinations of at least one associated listed item.
应当理解,尽管在本公开可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本公开范围的情况下,第一消息也可以被称为第二消息,类似地,第二消息也可以被称为第一消息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used in the present disclosure to describe various information, such information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, a first message may also be referred to as a second message, and similarly, a second message may also be referred to as a first message. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of" or "when" or "in response to determining".
在本公开实施例中,全双工通信时,基站能够在一个时间单元,例如一个时隙(slot)内同时进行数据的收发。对于基站而言,其可调度不同终端在相同时域资源上执行不同传输方向的收发动作。对于终端而言,在一个时间单元上可以执行数据发送或者执行数据接收。In the disclosed embodiment, during full-duplex communication, the base station can simultaneously transmit and receive data in one time unit, such as one time slot. For the base station, it can schedule different terminals to perform transmission and reception actions in different transmission directions on the same time domain resources. For the terminal, data transmission or data reception can be performed in one time unit.
在时分双工(Time Division Duplexing,TDD)系统中,终端可以按照基站指示的时隙结构,在对应的时间单元上执行数据发送或者数据接收。In a time division duplexing (TDD) system, the terminal can send or receive data in the corresponding time unit according to the time slot structure indicated by the base station.
在一个示例中,终端在下行时间符号(Down Link symbol,DL symbol)上终端只期待接收下行数据而不期待发送上行数据,在上行时间符号(Up Link symbol,UL symbol)上终端只期待发送上行而不期待接收下行,在灵活时间符号(flexible symbol)上终端不期待上行和下行之间的冲突。In an example, the terminal only expects to receive downlink data but not send uplink data on the downlink time symbol (Down Link symbol, DL symbol), only expects to send uplink but not receive downlink on the uplink time symbol (Up Link symbol, UL symbol), and does not expect conflict between uplink and downlink on the flexible time symbol (flexible symbol).
在本公开实施例中,可以为上行信息引入优先级指示信息。其中,上行信息包括但不限于上行信道、上行信号等。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, priority indication information may be introduced for uplink information, wherein the uplink information includes but is not limited to uplink channels, uplink signals, and the like.
在一个示例中,优先级指示信息可以用于指示不同上行信息各自对应的优先级。In one example, the priority indication information may be used to indicate the priorities corresponding to different uplink information.
例如,优先级指示信息可以用于指示至少两个物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)各自对应的优先级。For example, the priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority corresponding to at least two physical uplink control channels (PUCCH).
再例如,优先级指示信息可以用于指示至少两个物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)各自对应的优先级。For another example, the priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority corresponding to at least two physical uplink shared channels (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH).
再例如,优先级指示信息可以用于指示至少一个PUCCH和至少一个PUSCH各自对应的优先级。For another example, the priority indication information may be used to indicate the priorities corresponding to at least one PUCCH and at least one PUSCH respectively.
在本公开实施例中,也可以为下行信息引入优先级指示信息。其中,下行信息包括但不限于下行信道、下行信号等。具体实现方式与为上行信息引入优先级指示信息类似,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, priority indication information may also be introduced into downlink information, wherein the downlink information includes but is not limited to downlink channels, downlink signals, etc. The specific implementation method is similar to that of introducing priority indication information into uplink information, and will not be described in detail here.
本公开提供了一种信息处理方法、装置及存储介质,可以支持基站在相同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,且可以确保终端与基站在该相同的时域资源上的冲突处理方式相对应,另外还可以支持基站在不同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。The present disclosure provides an information processing method, device and storage medium, which can support a base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, and can ensure that the conflict handling methods of the terminal and the base station on the same time domain resources correspond to each other. In addition, it can also support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
如图1所示,为本公开方案所适用的一种网络架构图的示意图。本公开中的网络可以是4G网络、5G网络、6G网络或者未来的通信网络等,本公开对此不作限定,该网络架构中包括:As shown in Figure 1, it is a schematic diagram of a network architecture diagram applicable to the solution of the present disclosure. The network in the present disclosure may be a 4G network, a 5G network, a 6G network or a future communication network, etc., and the present disclosure does not limit this. The network architecture includes:
用户设备(User Equipment,UE)101(图1中包括用户设备101-1、用户设备101-2、用户设备101-3、……),其中,用户设备101包括但不限于终端、智能可穿戴设备、智能车辆、无人机等,其中智能可穿戴设备可以包括智能手环、智能手表等,智能车辆可以是无人驾驶车辆;User equipment (UE) 101 (including UE 101-1, UE 101-2, UE 101-3, ... in FIG. 1 ), wherein UE 101 includes but is not limited to a terminal, a smart wearable device, a smart vehicle, a drone, etc., wherein the smart wearable device may include a smart bracelet, a smart watch, etc., and the smart vehicle may be an unmanned vehicle;
网络侧设备102,其中,网络侧设备102包括但不限于基站、4G中的无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)设备、5G中的下一代无线接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG-RAN)设备。The network side equipment 102 includes but is not limited to base stations, Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment in 4G, and Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG-RAN) equipment in 5G.
在本公开实施例中,用户设备101可以获取指示信息,基于该指示信息,确定用户设备101对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the user equipment 101 may obtain indication information, and based on the indication information, determine the processing that the user equipment 101 needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
在一个示例中,用户设备101可以在确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,确定第一处理方式,该第一处理方式可以包括丢弃半静态调度的上行信息或丢弃半静态调度的下行信息。用户设备101可以按照第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。In one example, when determining that there is a conflict between semi-statically scheduled uplink information and semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain, the user equipment 101 may determine a first processing method, where the first processing method may include discarding the semi-statically scheduled uplink information or discarding the semi-statically scheduled downlink information. The user equipment 101 may perform conflict processing according to the first processing method.
示例性地,第一处理方式包括丢弃上行信息时,用户设备101不发送上行信息。Exemplarily, the first processing manner includes discarding the uplink information, and the user equipment 101 does not send the uplink information.
示例性地,第一处理方式包括丢弃下行信息时,用户设备101不期待网络侧设备102发送下行信息。Exemplarily, the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information when the user equipment 101 does not expect the network side device 102 to send the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,用户设备101可以不期待半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突,相应地,用户设备101可以在上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送上行信息,在下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收下行信息。In another example, the user equipment 101 may not expect a conflict in the time domain between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information. Accordingly, the user equipment 101 may send the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and receive the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
其中,半静态调度的上行信息可以包括但不限于半静态调度的上行信号、半静态调度的上行信道等,半静态调度的上行信道可以包括但不限于配置授权物理上行信道(configured grant Physical Uplink Shared Channel,CG PUSCH)、周期性物理上行控制信道(Periodic-Physical Uplink Control Channel,P-PUCCH),半静态调度的上行信号包括但不限于周期性信道探测参考信号(Periodic-Sounding Reference Signal,P-SRS)、半持续信道探测参考信号(Semi-Persistent-Sounding Reference Signal,SP-SRS)。The uplink information of the semi-static scheduling may include but is not limited to the uplink signal of the semi-static scheduling, the uplink channel of the semi-static scheduling, etc. The uplink channel of the semi-static scheduling may include but is not limited to the configured grant Physical Uplink Shared Uplink Channel. Channel, CG PUSCH), Periodic-Physical Uplink Control Channel (P-PUCCH), semi-statically scheduled uplink signals include but are not limited to Periodic-Sounding Reference Signal (P-SRS) and Semi-Persistent-Sounding Reference Signal (SP-SRS).
其中,半静态调度的下行信息包括但不限于半静态调度的下行信道、半静态调度的下行信号等。其中,半静态调度的下行信道包括但不限于半静态持续调度物理下行共享信道(Semi Persistent Scheduling Physical Downlink Shared Channel,SPS PDSCH),半静态调度的下行信号包括但不限于周期性信道状态信息参考信号(Periodic-Channel State Information-Reference Signal,P-CSI-RS)、半持续信道状态信息参考信号(Semi-Persistent-Channel State Information-Reference Signal,SP-CSI-RS)。The downlink information of semi-static scheduling includes but is not limited to the downlink channels of semi-static scheduling, downlink signals of semi-static scheduling, etc. The downlink channels of semi-static scheduling include but are not limited to the Semi-Persistent Scheduling Physical Downlink Shared Channel (SPS PDSCH), and the downlink signals of semi-static scheduling include but are not limited to the Periodic-Channel State Information-Reference Signal (P-CSI-RS) and the Semi-Persistent-Channel State Information-Reference Signal (SP-CSI-RS).
在本公开实施例中,网络侧设备102可以向用户设备101发送指示信息,以便用户设备101基于该指示信息,确定对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the network side device 102 may send indication information to the user equipment 101 so that the user equipment 101 determines the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the indication information.
相应地,网络侧设备102也可以确定自身需要执行的处理。Accordingly, the network-side device 102 may also determine the processing that it needs to perform.
在一个示例中,网络侧设备102可以在确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,确定第二处理方式,该第二处理方式可以包括丢弃上行信息或丢弃下行信息。网络侧设备102可以按照第二处理方式,执行冲突处理。In one example, when determining that the semi-statically scheduled uplink information conflicts with the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain, the network side device 102 may determine a second processing method, where the second processing method may include discarding the uplink information or discarding the downlink information. The network side device 102 may perform conflict processing according to the second processing method.
其中,网络侧设备102所执行的处理需要与用户设备101所执行的处理相对应。The processing performed by the network side device 102 needs to correspond to the processing performed by the user equipment 101 .
示例性地,用户设备101的第一处理方式包括丢弃上行信息时,网络侧设备102的第二处理方式可以包括丢弃上行信息。Exemplarily, when the first processing manner of the user equipment 101 includes discarding the uplink information, the second processing manner of the network side device 102 may include discarding the uplink information.
示例性地,用户设备101的第一处理方式包括丢弃下行信息时,网络侧设备102的第二处理方式可以包括丢弃下行信息。Exemplarily, when the first processing manner of the user equipment 101 includes discarding the downlink information, the second processing manner of the network side device 102 may include discarding the downlink information.
示例性地,第二处理方式包括丢弃上行信息时,网络侧设备102不期待用户设备101发送上行信息。Exemplarily, the second processing manner includes discarding the uplink information when the network side device 102 does not expect the user equipment 101 to send the uplink information.
示例性地,第二处理方式包括丢弃下行信息时,网络侧设备102不发送下行信息。Exemplarily, the second processing manner includes discarding the downlink information, and the network side device 102 does not send the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,网络侧设备102可以在半静态调度上行信息和半静态调度下行信息的过程中,确保上行信息与下行信息在时域上不存在冲突,相应地,网络侧设备102可以在上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上接收上行信息,在下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上发送下行信息。In another example, the network side device 102 can ensure that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain during the process of semi-static scheduling of uplink information and semi-static scheduling of downlink information. Accordingly, the network side device 102 can receive the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information, and send the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
图1所示的各主体是例示,本公开的实施方式或实施例可以包括图1中的全部或部分主体,也可以包括图1以外的其他主体,各主体数量为任意,不限于图1。图1所示的各连接关系是例示,任意主体之间可以不连接也可以连接,其连接可以是任意方式,可以是直接连接或间接连接,可以是有线连接,也可以是无线连接。The entities shown in FIG1 are examples. The embodiments or examples of the present disclosure may include all or part of the entities in FIG1 , or may include other entities other than FIG1 . The number of entities is arbitrary and is not limited to FIG1 . The connection relationships shown in FIG1 are examples. Any entities may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, which may be direct or indirect, and may be wired or wireless.
上述实施例中,可以支持网络侧设备在相同的时域资源上为同一个用户设备调度或指示不同的传输方向,且可以确保用户设备与网络侧设备在该相同的时域资源上的冲突处理方式相对应,还可以支持网络侧设备在不同的时域资源上为同一个用户设备调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可靠性。In the above embodiments, the network side device can be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same user device on the same time domain resources, and can ensure that the conflict handling methods of the user device and the network side device on the same time domain resources correspond to each other. The network side device can also be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same user device on different time domain resources, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
下面以用户设备包括终端为例,从终端侧介绍一下本公开提供的信息处理方法。The following takes a user device including a terminal as an example to introduce the information processing method provided by the present disclosure from the terminal side.
本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,参照图2所示,图2是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由终端执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:The present disclosure provides an information processing method, as shown in FIG2 , which is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤201中,获取指示信息。In step 201, indication information is obtained.
在一个可能的实现方式中,获取指示信息可以指终端从基站接收指示信息,或者可以指终端基于协议约定,获取该指示信息。本公开对此不作限定。In a possible implementation, obtaining the indication information may refer to the terminal receiving the indication information from the base station, or may refer to the terminal obtaining the indication information based on a protocol agreement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
在一个可能的实现方式中,指示信息可以用于指示所述终端对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information may be used to indicate the terminal to perform processing on at least one of the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information.
需要说明的是,半静态调度的上行信息是指基站预先为终端配置了上行信息,进一步地,基站可以通过激活消息激活之前配置的上行信息。其中,激活消息可以包括但不限于下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)消息等。It should be noted that the uplink information of semi-static scheduling refers to the uplink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can activate the previously configured uplink information through an activation message. The activation message may include but is not limited to downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message, etc.
半静态调度的下行信息是指基站预先为终端配置了下行信息,进一步地,基站可以通过激活消息激活之前配置的下行信息。其中,激活消息可以包括但不限于DCI、RRC消息等。The downlink information of semi-static scheduling refers to the downlink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can activate the previously configured downlink information through an activation message. The activation message may include but is not limited to DCI, RRC message, etc.
在一个可能的实现方式中,获取指示信息可以包括获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one possible implementation, obtaining indication information may include obtaining first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
终端所获取到的第一指示信息的内容以及终端执行的处理将在后续实施例中进行介绍,此处暂不介绍。The content of the first indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal will be introduced in subsequent embodiments and will not be introduced here for the time being.
在一个可能的实现方式中,获取指示信息可以包括获取第二指示信息和获取第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于半静态调度所述上行信息,第三指示信息用于半静态调度下行信息。In a possible implementation, acquiring the indication information may include acquiring second indication information and acquiring third indication information, wherein the second indication information is used for semi-persistently scheduling the uplink information, and the third indication information is used for semi-persistently scheduling the downlink information.
在一个示例中,终端可以通过一次接收到的信息同时获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In an example, the terminal may simultaneously obtain the second indication information and the third indication information through information received at one time.
在另一个示例中,终端可以通过多次接收到的信息分别获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In another example, the terminal may respectively obtain the second indication information and the third indication information through information received multiple times.
终端所获取到的第二指示信息、第三指示信息的内容以及终端执行的处理将在后续实施例中进行介绍, 此处暂不介绍。The content of the second indication information and the third indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal will be introduced in subsequent embodiments. This will not be introduced here.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端可以获取第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息,终端优选基于第一指示信息对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In a possible implementation, the terminal may obtain first indication information, second indication information and third indication information, and the terminal preferably performs processing required on at least one of semi-statically scheduled uplink information and semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first indication information.
以上仅为示例性说明,实际应用中,终端获取指示信息,并基于该指示信息对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description. In actual applications, the terminal obtains indication information and performs processing on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the indication information, which should all fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
上述实施例中,终端可以获取指示信息,从而确定对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。提高了全双工通信的可用性。In the above embodiment, the terminal can obtain the indication information, thereby determining the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information, thereby improving the availability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图3A所示,图3A是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由终端执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 3A , FIG. 3A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤301中,获取第二指示信息和获取第三指示信息。In step 301, second indication information and third indication information are obtained.
在本公开实施例中,第二指示信息可以用于半静态调度所述上行信息,第三指示信息可以用于半静态调度下行信息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information, and the third indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息可以是为终端半静态调度上行信息的一个DCI或一个RRC消息。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information may be a DCI or an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of uplink information for the terminal.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,第三指示信息可以是为终端半静态调度下行信息的一个DCI或一个RRC消息。In another possible implementation manner, the third indication information may be a DCI or an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of downlink information for the terminal.
第二指示信息与第三指示信息可以为相同或不同的DCI,也可以为相同或不同的RRC消息,或者其中一个为DCI另一个为RRC消息,本公开对此均不作限定。The second indication information and the third indication information may be the same or different DCIs, or the same or different RRC messages, or one may be a DCI and the other may be an RRC message, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以用于指示终端基于上行信息的第一优先级和下行信息的第二优先级,确定对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one possible implementation, the second indication information and the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal to determine the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端可以从一次接收到的信息中获取该第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from information received once.
示例性地,终端可以接收一个DCI,从该DCI中获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive a DCI, and obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from the DCI.
示例性地,终端可以接收一个RRC消息,从该RRC消息中获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive an RRC message, and obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from the RRC message.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端可以从多次接收到的信息中获取该第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information from information received multiple times.
示例性地,终端可以接收第一DCI,从第一DCI中获取第二指示信息,终端还可以接收第二DCI,从第二DCI中获取第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive a first DCI and obtain the second indication information from the first DCI. The terminal may also receive a second DCI and obtain the third indication information from the second DCI.
示例性地,终端可以接收两个RRC消息,分别获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive two RRC messages to respectively obtain the second indication information and the third indication information.
示例性地,终端可以接收一个DCI和一个RRC消息,分别获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive a DCI and an RRC message to obtain the second indication information and the third indication information respectively.
以上仅为示例性说明,实际应用中,获取上述第二指示信息和第三指示信息的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description. In actual applications, the solutions for obtaining the second indication information and the third indication information should all fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
本公开实施例中可以基于半静态调度上行信息的第二指示信息和半静态调度下行信息的第三指示信息,确定对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。无需基站侧再单独发送指示信息,节省了基站侧的信令资源,可用性高。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the processing required to be performed on at least one of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling can be determined based on the second indication information of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the third indication information of the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling. There is no need for the base station side to send indication information separately, which saves signaling resources on the base station side and has high availability.
在步骤302中,基于第二指示信息,确定上行信息的第一优先级。In step 302, based on the second indication information, a first priority of the uplink information is determined.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为DCI,终端可以基于第二指示信息中是否包括优先级指示域,确定第一优先级,或者当第二指示信息中包括该优先级指示域时,可以基于该优先级指示域所指示的优先级,确定第一优先级。In one possible implementation, the second indication information is DCI, and the terminal can determine the first priority based on whether the second indication information includes a priority indication field, or when the second indication information includes the priority indication field, the terminal can determine the first priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
在一个示例中,终端确定第二指示信息为DCI且未包含优先级指示域,确定所述第一优先级为预设优先级,可选地,预设优先级可以为最低优先级或者也可以为最高优先级,本公开对此不作限定。In one example, the terminal determines that the second indication information is DCI and does not include a priority indication field, and determines that the first priority is a preset priority. Optionally, the preset priority can be the lowest priority or the highest priority, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
在另一个示例中,终端确定第二指示信息为DCI且包含优先级指示域,则终端可以将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级确定为所述第一优先级。In another example, the terminal determines that the second indication information is DCI and includes a priority indication field, and the terminal may determine the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority.
示例性地,第二指示信息是用于半静态调度上行信息的DCI时,优先级指示域可以是Priority indicator指示域。这里的半静态调度上行信息就是指激活基站之前配置的上行信息。Exemplarily, when the second indication information is a DCI for semi-static scheduling uplink information, the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field. The semi-static scheduling uplink information here refers to the uplink information configured before activating the base station.
需要说明的是,Priority indicator指示域可以用于指示PDSCH的混合自动重传请求确认(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledge,HARQ-ACK)的优先级,本公开中,该Priority indicator指示域还可以用于指示该上行信息的第一优先级。It should be noted that the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledge, HARQ-ACK) of PDSCH. In the present disclosure, the Priority indicator field can also be used to indicate the first priority of the uplink information.
示例性地,第二指示信息是用于半静态调度上行信息的第一DCI时,终端确定第一DCI中包含该优先级指示域,将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级确定为所述第一优先级。Exemplarily, when the second indication information is the first DCI for semi-static scheduling of uplink information, the terminal determines that the first DCI contains the priority indication field, and determines the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority.
示例性地,优先级指示域可以包括n个比特位,可选地,n为正整数。Exemplarily, the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
例如,n为1,优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值为0,可以用于指示低优先级,优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值为1,可以用于指示高优先级。相应地,终端可以基于优先级指示域指示的优先级确定第一优先级。 For example, if n is 1, the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field is 0, which can be used to indicate a low priority, and the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field is 1, which can be used to indicate a high priority. Accordingly, the terminal can determine the first priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
例如,优先级指示域指示的优先级为低优先级,则终端确定第一优先级为低优先级。For example, if the priority indicated by the priority indication field is a low priority, the terminal determines that the first priority is a low priority.
再例如,优先级指示域指示的优先级为高优先级,则终端确定第一优先级为高优先级。For another example, if the priority indicated by the priority indication field is a high priority, the terminal determines that the first priority is a high priority.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以基于第二指示信息中的优先级指示域,例如Priority indicator指示域,来确定上行信息的第一优先级,节省了第二指示信息的信息资源,可用性高。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal can determine the first priority of the uplink information based on the priority indication field in the second indication information, such as the Priority indicator indication field, thereby saving information resources of the second indication information and having high availability.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为RRC消息,终端可以基于第二指示信息中包含的第一优先级指示信息,确定第一优先级。In a possible implementation, the second indication information is an RRC message, and the terminal may determine the first priority based on the first priority indication information included in the second indication information.
在一个示例中,该第一优先级指示信息可以用于指示优先级索引,例如优先级指示信息可以为phy-PriorityIndex,终端将RRC消息中包含的phy-PriorityIndex所指示的优先级确定为第一优先级。In one example, the first priority indication information may be used to indicate a priority index. For example, the priority indication information may be phy-PriorityIndex. The terminal determines the priority indicated by phy-PriorityIndex contained in the RRC message as the first priority.
本公开中,phy-PriorityIndex可以用于指示上行信息的第一优先级。In the present disclosure, phy-PriorityIndex may be used to indicate the first priority of uplink information.
在步骤303中,基于第三指示信息,确定下行信息的第二优先级。In step 303, based on the third indication information, the second priority of the downlink information is determined.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第三指示信息为DCI,终端可以基于第三指示信息中是否包括优先级指示域,确定第二优先级,或者当第三指示信息中包括该优先级指示域时,可以基于该优先级指示域所指示的优先级,确定第二优先级。In one possible implementation, the third indication information is DCI, and the terminal can determine the second priority based on whether the third indication information includes a priority indication field, or when the third indication information includes the priority indication field, the terminal can determine the second priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
在一个示例中,终端确定第三指示信息为DCI且未包含优先级指示域,确定所述第二优先级为预设优先级,可选地,预设优先级可以为最低优先级或者也可以为最高优先级,本公开对此不作限定。In one example, the terminal determines that the third indication information is DCI and does not include a priority indication field, and determines that the second priority is a preset priority. Optionally, the preset priority can be the lowest priority or the highest priority, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
在另一个示例中,终端确定第三指示信息为DCI且包含优先级指示域,则终端可以将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级确定为所述第二优先级。In another example, the terminal determines that the third indication information is DCI and includes a priority indication field, and the terminal may determine the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority.
示例性地,第三指示信息是用于半静态调度下行信息的DCI时,优先级指示域可以是Priority indicator指示域。这里半静态调度下行信息是指激活基站之前为终端配置的下行信息。Exemplarily, when the third indication information is a DCI for semi-static scheduling downlink information, the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field. Here, the semi-static scheduling downlink information refers to the downlink information configured for the terminal before the base station is activated.
需要说明的是,Priority indicator指示域可以用于指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,本公开中,该Priority indicator指示域还可以用于指示该下行信息的优先级。It should be noted that the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. In the present disclosure, the Priority indicator field can also be used to indicate the priority of the downlink information.
示例性地,第三指示信息是用于半静态调度上行信息的第二DCI时,终端确定第二DCI中包含该优先级指示域,将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级确定为所述第二优先级。Exemplarily, when the third indication information is the second DCI for semi-static scheduling of uplink information, the terminal determines that the second DCI contains the priority indication field, and determines the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority.
示例性地,优先级指示域可以包括n个比特位,可选地,n为正整数。Exemplarily, the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
例如,n为1,优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值为0,可以用于指示低优先级,优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值为1,可以用于指示高优先级。相应地,终端可以基于优先级指示域指示的优先级确定第二优先级。For example, if n is 1, the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field is 0, which can be used to indicate a low priority, and the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field is 1, which can be used to indicate a high priority. Accordingly, the terminal can determine the second priority based on the priority indicated by the priority indication field.
例如,优先级指示域指示的优先级为低优先级,则终端确定第二优先级为低优先级。For example, if the priority indicated by the priority indication field is a low priority, the terminal determines that the second priority is a low priority.
再例如,优先级指示域指示的优先级为高优先级,则终端确定第二优先级为高优先级。For another example, if the priority indicated by the priority indication field is a high priority, the terminal determines that the second priority is a high priority.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以基于第三指示信息中的优先级指示域,例如Priority indicator指示域,来确定下行信息的第二优先级,节省了第三指示信息的信息资源,可用性高。In the disclosed embodiment, the terminal can determine the second priority of the downlink information based on the priority indication field in the third indication information, such as the Priority indicator indication field, thereby saving information resources of the third indication information and having high availability.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,第三指示信息为RRC消息,终端可以基于第三指示信息中包含的第二优先级指示信息,确定第二优先级。In another possible implementation, the third indication information is an RRC message, and the terminal may determine the second priority based on the second priority indication information included in the third indication information.
在一个示例中,该第二优先级指示信息可以用于指示下行信息的关联信息的优先级,第二优先级指示信息可以为harq-CodebookID,用于指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级。终端将RRC消息中包含的harq-CodebookID所指示的优先级确定为第二优先级。In one example, the second priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority of the associated information of the downlink information, and the second priority indication information can be harq-CodebookID, which is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. The terminal determines the priority indicated by the harq-CodebookID contained in the RRC message as the second priority.
本公开中,该第二优先级指示信息可以用于指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,同时也可以用于指示下行信息的第二优先级。In the present disclosure, the second priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH, and can also be used to indicate the second priority of the downlink information.
需要说明的是,本公开不限定步骤302与步骤303的执行顺序,可以按照接收第二指示信息和第三指示信息的先后顺序,对应执行步骤302、303。例如,终端先接收到第二指示信息,可以先执行步骤302,再执行步骤303。再例如,终端先接收到第三指示信息,可以先执行步骤303,再执行步骤302。It should be noted that the present disclosure does not limit the execution order of step 302 and step 303. Steps 302 and 303 may be executed in the order of receiving the second indication information and the third indication information. For example, if the terminal receives the second indication information first, step 302 may be executed first, and then step 303 may be executed. For another example, if the terminal receives the third indication information first, step 303 may be executed first, and then step 302 may be executed.
或者,终端可以在接收到第二指示信息和第三指示信息之后,先执行步骤302,再执行步骤303,或者先执行步骤303,再执行步骤302。本公开对此均不作限定。Alternatively, after receiving the second indication information and the third indication information, the terminal may first execute step 302 and then execute step 303, or first execute step 303 and then execute step 302. The present disclosure does not limit this.
本公开实施例中,第二指示信息或第三指示信息为DCI时,可以复用Priority indicator指示域,以便终端快速确定上行信息的第一优先级和下行信息的第二优先级,无需基站在第二指示信息和第三指示信息中增加其他的优先级指示域或优先级指示信息,节省了基站的信令资源,可用性高。In the disclosed embodiment, when the second indication information or the third indication information is DCI, the Priority indicator indication field can be reused so that the terminal can quickly determine the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information. There is no need for the base station to add other priority indication fields or priority indication information to the second indication information and the third indication information, thereby saving the signaling resources of the base station and having high availability.
本公开实施例中,第二指示信息或第三指示信息为RRC消息时,可以复用phy-PriorityIndex指示域或者复用harq-CodebookID指示域,以便终端快速确定上行信息的第一优先级和下行信息的第二优先级,无需基站在第二指示信息和第三指示信息中增加其他的优先级指示域或优先级指示信息,节省了基站的信令资源,可用性高。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the second indication information or the third indication information is an RRC message, the phy-PriorityIndex indication field or the harq-CodebookID indication field can be reused so that the terminal can quickly determine the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information. There is no need for the base station to add other priority indication fields or priority indication information in the second indication information and the third indication information, thereby saving the signaling resources of the base station and having high availability.
在步骤304中,响应于确定所述上行信息的第一优先级与所述下行信息的第二优先级不同,且所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级,确定第一处理方式。In step 304, in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information and there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, a first processing method is determined based on the first priority and the second priority.
在本公开实施例中,终端在确定所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源与所述下行信息所占用的第二时域 资源满足第一条件时,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal determines the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information. When the resource meets the first condition, it is determined that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一条件包括但不限于以下至少一项:在时域上存在重叠;位于相同的第一时间单元内。In a possible implementation, the first condition includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being within the same first time unit.
其中,第一时间单元内配置了第一子带,所述第一时间单元的传输方向与所述第一子带的传输方向相反,或所述第一时间单元的传输方向为灵活。The first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, the transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to the transmission direction of the first sub-band, or the transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
在本公开实施例中,第一时间单元可以以slot、符号(symbol)、持续时长(span)等为单位,本公开对此不作限定。其中,一个span包括多个连续的symbol。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first time unit may be a slot, a symbol, a span, etc., which is not limited in the present disclosure. A span includes multiple continuous symbols.
在一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为上行时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了下行子带。其中,下行子带是指该子带被配置为进行下行数据传输。In an example, the first time unit may be an uplink time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the downlink subband means that the subband is configured for downlink data transmission.
在另一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为下行时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了上行子带。其中,上行子带是指该子带被配置为进行上行数据传输。In another example, the first time unit may be a downlink time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the uplink subband refers to a subband configured for uplink data transmission.
在另一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为灵活(flexible)时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了下行子带。In another example, the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit.
在另一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为flexible时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了上行子带。In another example, the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit.
示例性地,终端响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上完全重叠,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource completely overlap in the time domain, the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上部分重叠,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource partially overlap in the time domain, the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are located in the same first time unit, the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上完全重叠,且位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource completely overlap in the time domain and are located in the same first time unit, the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上部分重叠,且位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource partially overlap in the time domain and are located in the same first time unit, the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,但位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain but are located in the same first time unit, the terminal determines that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain.
以上仅为示例性说明,终端确定上行信息和下行信息在时域上存在冲突的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description, and all solutions for the terminal to determine that there is a conflict between uplink information and downlink information in the time domain should fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
本公开实施例中,可以基于上下行信息分别占用的时域资源来快速确定上下行信息是否在时域上存在冲突,以便在存在冲突时,可以执行冲突处理,明确终端行为,提高了全双工通信的可用性和可靠性。In the disclosed embodiment, it is possible to quickly determine whether there is a conflict in the time domain between the uplink and downlink information based on the time domain resources respectively occupied by the uplink and downlink information, so that when there is a conflict, conflict handling can be performed to clarify the terminal behavior, thereby improving the availability and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端响应于确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级,确定所述第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In a possible implementation manner, in response to determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority, the terminal determines that the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,终端响应于确定所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级,确定所述第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another possible implementation, in response to determining that the first priority is lower than the second priority, the terminal determines that the first processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
在步骤305中,按照所述第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。In step 305, conflict handling is performed according to the first handling manner.
在一个可能的实现方式中,当所述第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息时,终端可以不发送上行信息。相应地,终端可以在下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收下行信息。In a possible implementation, when the first processing mode includes discarding the uplink information, the terminal may not send the uplink information. Accordingly, the terminal may receive the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,当所述第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息时,终端可以不期待基站发送下行信息。相应地,终端可以在上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送上行信息。In another possible implementation, when the first processing mode includes discarding the downlink information, the terminal may not expect the base station to send the downlink information. Accordingly, the terminal may send the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information.
终端可以按照上下行信息的优先级,丢弃优先级低的信息,在半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上冲突时,明确终端执行冲突处理的行为,提高了全双工通信的可靠性。The terminal can discard low-priority information according to the priority of uplink and downlink information. When the semi-statically scheduled uplink information conflicts with the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain, the terminal's conflict handling behavior is clarified, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
上述实施例中,终端可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,从而分别确定第一优先级和第二优先级,基于两个优先级的高低,确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上冲突时,终端执行的第一处理方式,从而按照第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。本公开可以支持基站在相同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiment, the terminal can obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, thereby determining the first priority and the second priority respectively, and based on the two priorities, determining the first processing method executed by the terminal when the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, thereby performing conflict processing according to the first processing method. The present disclosure can support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤301可以单独执行,即基站通过这两个指示信息为终端半静态调度上行信息和下行信息。In some optional embodiments, the above step 301 may be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤301至步骤303可以组合实施,即基站通过这两个指示信息为终端半静态调度上行信息和下行信息。终端基于第二指示信息确定第一优先级,以及基于第三指示信息确定第二优先级。当上行信息与下行信息在时域上不冲突时,终端可以不进行冲突处理。或者将所确定的第一优先级信息和第二优先级信息用于其他需要上下行信息优先级的方案中。本公开对此不作限定。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 301 to 303 may be implemented in combination, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information. The terminal determines the first priority based on the second indication information, and determines the second priority based on the third indication information. When the uplink information and the downlink information do not conflict in the time domain, the terminal may not perform conflict processing. Or the determined first priority information and second priority information are used in other schemes that require uplink and downlink information priorities. This disclosure is not limited to this.
在一些可选实施例中,步骤304至步骤305可以与其他方案组合,例如,终端采用其他方式确定了上下行信息的优先级后,可以通过本申请的方案执行冲突处理。In some optional embodiments, steps 304 to 305 may be combined with other solutions. For example, after the terminal determines the priority of uplink and downlink information in other ways, conflict handling may be performed using the solution of the present application.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图3B所示,图3B是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由 终端执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 3B , FIG. 3B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment. The terminal executes, and the method may include the following steps:
在步骤301’中,获取第二指示信息和获取第三指示信息。In step 301', the second indication information and the third indication information are obtained.
步骤301’的实现方式与上述步骤301类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 301' is similar to the above step 301 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤302’中,基于第二指示信息,确定上行信息的第一优先级。In step 302', the first priority of the uplink information is determined based on the second indication information.
步骤302’的实现方式与上述步骤302类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 302' is similar to the above step 302 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤303’中,基于第三指示信息,确定下行信息的第二优先级。In step 303', the second priority of the downlink information is determined based on the third indication information.
步骤303’的实现方式与上述步骤303类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 303' is similar to the above step 303 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤304’中,响应于确定所述上行信息的第一优先级与所述下行信息的第二优先级相同,不期待所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。In step 304', in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is the same as the second priority of the downlink information, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain.
在本公开实施例中,终端确定所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源与所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源不满足第一条件时,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。In the disclosed embodiment, when the terminal determines that the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information do not satisfy the first condition, it determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项:在时域上存在重叠;位于相同的第一时间单元内。The first condition includes at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being located in the same first time unit.
示例性地,终端确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,则终端确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, and then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源未处于相同的第一时间单元内,则终端确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are not in the same first time unit, and then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源处于相同的第一时间单元内,但第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,则终端确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are in the same first time unit, but the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,终端确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源未处于相同的第一时间单元内,且第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,则终端确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, the terminal determines that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are not in the same first time unit, and the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, then the terminal determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
第一时间单元的内容已经在上述实施例的步骤204中进行了介绍,此处不再赘述。The content of the first time unit has been introduced in step 204 of the above embodiment and will not be repeated here.
在步骤305’中,在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送所述上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收所述下行信息。In step 305', the uplink information is sent on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is received on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
终端在基于第二指示信息和第三指示信息,确定上下行信息的优先级相同时,不期待基站半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上冲突,相应地,终端在对应的时域资源上发送上行信息或接收下行信息即可,支持基站在不同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可行性。When the terminal determines that the priorities of the uplink and downlink information are the same based on the second indication information and the third indication information, it does not expect the uplink information semi-statically scheduled by the base station to conflict with the downlink information semi-statically scheduled in the time domain. Accordingly, the terminal only needs to send uplink information or receive downlink information on the corresponding time domain resources. The base station is supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility of full-duplex communication.
上述实施例中,终端可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,从而分别确定第一优先级和第二优先级,当两个优先级相同时,终端不期待半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上冲突,本公开可以支持基站在不同的时域资源上为同一个终端半静态调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiment, the terminal can obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, so as to respectively determine the first priority and the second priority. When the two priorities are the same, the terminal does not expect the semi-statically scheduled uplink information to conflict with the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain. The present disclosure can support the base station to semi-statically schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤301’可以单独执行,即基站通过这两个指示信息为终端半静态调度上行信息和下行信息。In some optional embodiments, the above step 301' can be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through these two indication information.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤301’至步骤303’可以组合实施,即基站通过这两个指示信息为终端半静态调度上行信息和下行信息。终端基于第二指示信息确定第一优先级,以及基于第三指示信息确定第二优先级。当上行信息与下行信息在时域上不冲突时,终端可以不进行冲突处理。或者将所确定的第一优先级信息和第二优先级信息用于其他需要上下行信息优先级的方案中。本公开对此不作限定。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 301' to 303' may be implemented in combination, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information. The terminal determines the first priority based on the second indication information, and determines the second priority based on the third indication information. When the uplink information and the downlink information do not conflict in the time domain, the terminal may not perform conflict processing. Alternatively, the determined first priority information and second priority information are used in other schemes that require uplink and downlink information priorities. This disclosure is not limited to this.
在一些可选实施例中,步骤304’至步骤305’可以与其他方案组合,例如,终端采用其他方式确定了上下行信息的优先级后,可以通过本申请的方案确定上行信息与下行信息在时域上不会出现冲突。In some optional embodiments, steps 304' to 305' can be combined with other schemes. For example, after the terminal determines the priority of the uplink and downlink information by other means, it can be determined through the scheme of the present application that there will be no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图4A所示,图4A是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由终端执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 4A , FIG. 4A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤401中,接收基站发送的第一指示信息。In step 401, first indication information sent by a base station is received.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以获取基站发送的第一指示信息,或者终端可以基于协议约定,获取该第一指示信息,本公开对此不作限定。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal may obtain the first indication information sent by the base station, or the terminal may obtain the first indication information based on a protocol agreement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
在本公开实施例中,第一指示信息可以用于指示当半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first indication information can be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling when there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain.
本公开实施例中,第一指示信息可以是不同于第二指示信息、第三指示信息的一个独立的指示信息,基站通过该第一指示信息单独指示终端当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。明确了当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时的终端行为,提高了全双工通信的可靠性。In the disclosed embodiment, the first indication information may be an independent indication information different from the second indication information and the third indication information. The base station separately indicates the terminal through the first indication information the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain. The terminal behavior when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain is clarified, and the reliability of full-duplex communication is improved.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:丢弃所述上行信息;丢弃所述下行信息;保留所述上行信息;保留所述下行信息;所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级; 所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;传输方向的优先级;传输方向。In a possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; The first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is used to indicate at least the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端可以接收基站通过第一消息发送的该第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal may receive the first indication information sent by the base station through a first message.
示例性地,第一消息可以包括但不限于以下至少一项:RRC消息;媒体访问控制单元(Medium Access Control Element,MAC CE)消息。Exemplarily, the first message may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: an RRC message; a Medium Access Control Element (MAC CE) message.
终端可以接收基站通过上述第一消息发送的第一指示信息,当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,基于第一指示信息,确定所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。实现简便,可用性高。The terminal can receive the first indication information sent by the base station through the first message, and when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the terminal determines the processing to be performed on at least one of the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling based on the first indication information. The implementation is simple and the availability is high.
在一个示例中,第一指示信息用于指示优先级列表。In one example, the first indication information is used to indicate a priority list.
其中,该优先级列表至少用于指示第一优先级和第二优先级。The priority list is used to indicate at least a first priority and a second priority.
该优先级列表可以由基站配置并发送给终端。或者该优先级列表可以由协议约定,本公开对此不作限定。The priority list may be configured by the base station and sent to the terminal, or the priority list may be agreed upon by a protocol, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
终端基于该优先级列表,可以确定第一优先级和第二优先级的高低。Based on the priority list, the terminal can determine the level of the first priority and the second priority.
在一个示例中,第一指示信息用于指示第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联。In one example, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information, and that the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information.
相应地,该第一指示信息可以由基站发送给终端,或者由终端基于协议约定来确定。Accordingly, the first indication information may be sent by the base station to the terminal, or may be determined by the terminal based on a protocol agreement.
示例性地,终端基于第一周期时长和第二周期时长,分别确定第一优先级和第二优先级。Exemplarily, the terminal determines the first priority and the second priority respectively based on the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联时,终端可以采用以下方式确定第一优先级与第二优先级的关系:In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information, the terminal may determine the relationship between the first priority and the second priority in the following manner:
响应于确定所述上行信息的第一周期时长小于所述下行信息的第二周期时长,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级。In response to determining that the first cycle duration of the uplink information is less than the second cycle duration of the downlink information, it is determined that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information.
或者,响应于确定所述第一周期时长大于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级。Alternatively, in response to determining that the first cycle duration is greater than the second cycle duration, it is determined that the first priority is higher than the second priority.
或者,响应于确定所述第一周期时长等于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级与所述第二优先级相等。Alternatively, in response to determining that the first cycle duration is equal to the second cycle duration, the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
在一个示例中,第一指示信息用于指示所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长。In one example, the first indication information is used to indicate the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration.
终端基于第一指示信息,确定第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联。终端可以基于该第一周期时长、第二周期时长确定第一优先级、第二优先级。The terminal determines, based on the first indication information, that the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and that the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information. The terminal can determine the first priority and the second priority based on the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration.
在一个示例中,第一指示信息用于指示传输方向的优先级。In one example, the first indication information is used to indicate the priority of the transmission direction.
示例性地,第一指示信息用于指示上行传输的优先级高于下行传输的优先级,或者上行传输的优先级低于下行传输的优先级,或者可以指示上行传输的优先级与下行传输的优先级。Exemplarily, the first indication information is used to indicate that the priority of uplink transmission is higher than the priority of downlink transmission, or that the priority of uplink transmission is lower than the priority of downlink transmission, or can indicate the priority of uplink transmission and the priority of downlink transmission.
终端可以基于传输方向的优先级,确定第一优先级和第二优先级。The terminal may determine the first priority and the second priority based on the priority of the transmission direction.
在另一个示例中,第一指示信息用于指示传输方向。In another example, the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission direction.
示例性地,第一指示信息用于指示上行传输,则终端确定上行信息的第一优先级高于下行信息的第二优先级。Exemplarily, the first indication information is used to indicate uplink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information.
示例性地,第一指示信息用于指示下行传输,则终端确定上行信息的第一优先级低于下行信息的第二优先级。终端可以基于第一指示信息快速确定上行信息的第一优先级和下行信息的第二优先级,或者确定两者的优先级关系。实现简便,可用性高。Exemplarily, the first indication information is used to indicate downlink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information. The terminal can quickly determine the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information based on the first indication information, or determine the priority relationship between the two. The implementation is simple and the availability is high.
在步骤402中,响应于确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一指示信息,确定第一处理方式。In step 402, in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a first processing manner is determined based on the first indication information.
在本公开实施例中,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突的方式可以参照上述步骤304的相关内容,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the manner of determining whether the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain may refer to the relevant contents of the above step 304, which will not be described in detail here.
在一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示丢弃所述上行信息时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In one example, when the first indication information is used to indicate discarding the uplink information, determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示丢弃所述下行信息时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate discarding the downlink information, determining the first processing manner includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示保留所述上行信息时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate retaining the uplink information, determining the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示保留所述下行信息时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate retaining the downlink information, determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。 In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information, determining the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information, determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示优先级列表,且优先级列表中第一优先级高于第二优先级,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate a priority list, and the first priority in the priority list is higher than the second priority, determining the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示优先级列表,且优先级列表中第一优先级低于第二优先级,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate a priority list, and the first priority in the priority list is lower than the second priority, determining the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联时,终端可以采用以下方式确定第一优先级与第二优先级的关系:In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information, the terminal may determine the relationship between the first priority and the second priority in the following manner:
响应于确定所述上行信息的第一周期时长小于所述下行信息的第二周期时长,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级。In response to determining that the first cycle duration of the uplink information is less than the second cycle duration of the downlink information, it is determined that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information.
或者,响应于确定所述第一周期时长大于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级。Alternatively, in response to determining that the first cycle duration is greater than the second cycle duration, it is determined that the first priority is higher than the second priority.
或者,响应于确定所述第一周期时长等于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级与所述第二优先级相等。Alternatively, in response to determining that the first cycle duration is equal to the second cycle duration, the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以确定周期时长越短的信息,优先级越低,即使丢弃了该优先级低的信息,由于其传输周期时长短,终端也可以在短时间之内再次发送或接收该信息。在半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,可以丢弃传输周期时长短的信息,降低上述冲突对业务的影响,提高了全双工通信的可行性。In the disclosed embodiment, the terminal can determine that the shorter the cycle length of the information, the lower the priority. Even if the low-priority information is discarded, the terminal can send or receive the information again within a short time due to its short transmission cycle length. When there is a conflict in the time domain between the uplink information of semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of semi-static scheduling, the information with a short transmission cycle length can be discarded, reducing the impact of the above-mentioned conflict on the service and improving the feasibility of full-duplex communication.
相应地,当第一优先级低于第二优先级时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。当第一优先级高于第二优先级时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。Accordingly, when the first priority is lower than the second priority, determining that the first processing mode includes discarding the uplink information. When the first priority is higher than the second priority, determining that the first processing mode includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示第一周期时长以及第二周期时长时,终端响应于确定所述上行信息的第一周期时长小于所述下行信息的第二周期时长,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级,此时终端确定第一处理方式包括丢弃上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate the first cycle length and the second cycle length, the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first cycle length of the uplink information is less than the second cycle length of the downlink information. At this time, the terminal determines that the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
或者,响应于确定所述第一周期时长大于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级,此时终端确定第一处理方式包括丢弃下行信息。。Alternatively, in response to determining that the first cycle duration is greater than the second cycle duration, determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority, the terminal determines that the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
或者,响应于确定所述第一周期时长等于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级与所述第二优先级相等。该处理方式在后续实施例中介绍,此处暂不介绍。Alternatively, in response to determining that the first cycle duration is equal to the second cycle duration, the first priority is determined to be equal to the second priority. This processing method is described in subsequent embodiments and is not described here for the time being.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示传输方向的优先级,终端可以采用以下方式确定第一处理方式:In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate the priority of the transmission direction, the terminal may determine the first processing manner in the following manner:
示例性地,当第一指示信息用于指示上行传输的优先级低于下行传输的优先级,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,第一处理方式包括丢弃上行信息。Exemplarily, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the priority of uplink transmission is lower than the priority of downlink transmission, it is determined that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information, and accordingly, the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
示例性地,当第一指示信息用于指示上行传输的优先级高于下行传输的优先级,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,第一处理方式包括丢弃下行信息。Exemplarily, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the priority of uplink transmission is higher than the priority of downlink transmission, it is determined that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information, and accordingly, the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
示例性地,当第一指示信息用于指示上行传输的优先级以及下行传输的优先级时,终端将上行传输的优先级确定为第一优先级,将下行传输的优先级确定为第二优先级。Exemplarily, when the first indication information is used to indicate the priority of uplink transmission and the priority of downlink transmission, the terminal determines the priority of uplink transmission as the first priority and determines the priority of downlink transmission as the second priority.
当第一优先级低于第二优先级时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。当第一优先级高于第二优先级时,确定第一处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。When the first priority is lower than the second priority, determining the first processing mode includes discarding the uplink information. When the first priority is higher than the second priority, determining the first processing mode includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示传输方向时,终端确定与第一指示信息指示的传输方向所对应的信息的优先级更高。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission direction, the terminal determines that information corresponding to the transmission direction indicated by the first indication information has a higher priority.
示例性地,第一指示信息用于指示上行传输,则终端确定上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,第一处理方式包括丢弃下行信息。Exemplarily, the first indication information is used to indicate uplink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information. Accordingly, the first processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
示例性地,第一指示信息用于指示下行传输,则终端确定上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,第一处理方式包括丢弃上行信息。Exemplarily, the first indication information is used to indicate downlink transmission, and the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information. Accordingly, the first processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
反之亦然,即第一指示信息所指示的传输方向对应的信息的优先级更低。具体实现方式与上述过程类似,在此不再赘述。Vice versa, that is, the priority of the information corresponding to the transmission direction indicated by the first indication information is lower. The specific implementation is similar to the above process and will not be described in detail here.
本公开中,终端可以在上行信息和下行信息中,按照第一指示信息的指示确定对上行信息和下行信息中的至少一项需要执行的动作。In the present disclosure, the terminal may determine, in the uplink information and the downlink information, an action to be performed on at least one of the uplink information and the downlink information according to the instruction of the first indication information.
以上仅为示例性说明,第一指示信息指示其他内容以便终端执行冲突处理的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description, and solutions in which the first indication information indicates other contents so that the terminal can perform conflict handling should all fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
第一指示信息可以指示上述至少一项内容,以便终端确定冲突处理的第一处理方式,提高了全双工通信的可靠性、可行性。The first indication information may indicate at least one of the above contents, so that the terminal determines the first processing method for conflict handling, thereby improving the reliability and feasibility of full-duplex communication.
在步骤403中,按照所述第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。In step 403, conflict handling is performed according to the first handling manner.
步骤403的实现方式与上述步骤305类似,在此不再赘述。 The implementation of step 403 is similar to that of step 305 above, and will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,该实施例中,终端也可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息为DCI时,本公开对于第二指示信息和第三指示信息中是否包含优先级指示域,以及优先级指示域指示的内容不作限定。即第二指示信息中可以包含优先级指示域,也可以不包含优先级指示域。第三指示信息中可以包含优先级指示域,也可以不包含优先级指示域。当第二指示信息和第三指示信息均为DCI且均包括优先级指示域的情况下,两个指示信息中所包含的优先级指示域可以指示相同优先级,或不同优先级,本公开对此均不作限定。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information. When the second indication information and/or the third indication information is DCI, the present disclosure does not limit whether the second indication information and the third indication information contain a priority indication field, and the content indicated by the priority indication field. That is, the second indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field. The third indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field. When the second indication information and the third indication information are both DCI and both include a priority indication field, the priority indication fields contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority, or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
该实施例中,终端也可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息为RRC消息时,本公开对第二指示信息和第三指示信息所指示的优先级不作限定。当当第二指示信息和第三指示信息均为RRC消息的情况下,两个指示信息中所包含的第一优先级指示信息和第二优先级指示信息可以指示相同优先级,或不同优先级,本公开对此均不作限定。In this embodiment, the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information. When the second indication information and/or the third indication information is an RRC message, the present disclosure does not limit the priority indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information. When the second indication information and the third indication information are both RRC messages, the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,并按照上述步骤302至303确定第一优先级和第二优先级。当此时确定第一优先级与第二优先级相等时,终端可以接收基站发送的第一指示信息,从而再次确定第一优先级和第二优先级的高低。以便当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于第一指示信息,确定第一处理方式,继而执行冲突处理。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303. When it is determined that the first priority is equal to the second priority at this time, the terminal may receive the first indication information sent by the base station, thereby determining the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
上述实施例中,终端可以获取上述第一指示信息,从而在半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,执行冲突处理,支持基站在相同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiment, the terminal can obtain the above-mentioned first indication information, so as to perform conflict processing when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain, and support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤401可以单独执行,即基站通过单独的第一指示信息指示终端当出现冲突时需要执行的处理。In some optional embodiments, the above step 401 may be performed separately, that is, the base station indicates the processing that needs to be performed by the terminal when a conflict occurs through separate first indication information.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤402至步骤403可以组合实施,终端当确定存在冲突时,可以基于其他方式确定第一处理方式,并执行冲突处理。示例性地,终端基于协议约定,直接确定第一处理方式。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 402 to 403 may be implemented in combination, and when the terminal determines that there is a conflict, it may determine the first processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the terminal directly determines the first processing method based on the protocol agreement.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图4B所示,图4B是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由终端执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 4B , FIG. 4B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤401’中,获取第一指示信息。In step 401', first indication information is obtained.
终端可以基于协议约定,获取第一指示信息。The terminal may obtain the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
在一个示例中,第一指示信息可以用于指示当半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one example, the first indication information can be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
本公开实施例中,第一指示信息可以是不同于第二指示信息、第三指示信息的一个独立的指示信息,终端直接基于协议约定,确定第一指示信息,无需占用基站的信令资源,可用性高。In the disclosed embodiment, the first indication information may be an independent indication information different from the second indication information and the third indication information. The terminal directly determines the first indication information based on the protocol agreement without occupying the signaling resources of the base station, and has high availability.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:丢弃所述上行信息;丢弃所述下行信息;保留所述上行信息;保留所述下行信息;所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;传输方向的优先级;传输方向。In one possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
进一步地,终端按照第一指示信息,确定上行信息的第一优先级和下行信息的第二优先级,或者确定两者的优先级关系,确定方式与上述步骤401类似,在此不再赘述。Further, the terminal determines the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information according to the first indication information, or determines the priority relationship between the two, and the determination method is similar to the above step 401 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤402’中,响应于确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一指示信息,确定第一处理方式。In step 402', in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a first processing method is determined based on the first indication information.
步骤402’的实现方式与上述步骤402类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation of step 402' is similar to the above step 402 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤403’中,按照所述第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。In step 403', conflict handling is performed according to the first processing method.
步骤403’的实现方式与上述步骤403类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 403' is similar to the above step 403 and will not be repeated here.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,并按照上述步骤302至303确定第一优先级和第二优先级。当此时确定第一优先级与第二优先级相等时,终端可以按照协议约定获取第一指示信息,从而再次确定第一优先级和第二优先级的高低。以便当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于第一指示信息,确定第一处理方式,继而执行冲突处理。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303. When it is determined that the first priority is equal to the second priority at this time, the terminal may obtain the first indication information according to the protocol agreement, so as to determine the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤401’可以单独执行,即终端可以获取协议约定的第一指示信息。当上述冲突不存在时,步骤401’是独立部署的。或者也可以与其他实施例进行组合,本公开对此不作限定。In some optional embodiments, the above step 401' can be performed separately, that is, the terminal can obtain the first indication information agreed upon in the protocol. When the above conflict does not exist, step 401' is deployed independently. Or it can also be combined with other embodiments, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤402’至步骤403’可以组合实施,终端当确定存在冲突时,可以基于其他方式确定第一处理方式,并执行冲突处理。示例性地,终端基于协议约定,直接确定第一处理方式。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 402' to 403' can be implemented in combination, and when the terminal determines that there is a conflict, it can determine the first processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the terminal directly determines the first processing method based on the protocol agreement.
上述实施例中,终端可以基于预定义规则,在所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时执行冲突处理,提高了全双工通信的可靠性。In the above embodiment, the terminal can perform conflict processing based on predefined rules when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图5所示,图5是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由终 端执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be performed by a terminal. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤501中,向基站上报终端能力指示信息。In step 501, terminal capability indication information is reported to a base station.
在本公开实施例中,所述终端能力指示信息可以用于指示所述终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal capability indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端能力指示信息用于指示终端具备该能力时,终端能力指示信息还可以用于终端处理半静态调度的上行信息的第一能力,和/或终端处理半静态调度的下行信息的第二能力。In one possible implementation, when the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, the terminal capability indication information can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or the second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
在一个示例中,终端能力信息可以用于指示终端的第一能力优于第二能力。In one example, the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the first capability of the terminal is superior to the second capability.
在另一个示例中,终端能力信息可以用于指示终端的第二能力优于第一能力。In another example, the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the second capability of the terminal is superior to the first capability.
在本公开实施例中,如果终端能力指示信息指示终端不具备上述能力,则终端不期待所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。进一步地,终端可以在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收下行信息。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal does not have the above capability, the terminal does not expect the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain. Further, the terminal can send the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and receive the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
具体实现方式与上述实施例中优先级相同的情况下,不期待所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,以及在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收下行信息的过程类似,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation method is similar to that in the above-mentioned embodiment in that when the priority is the same, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, and the process of sending the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and receiving the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information is similar and will not be repeated here.
在本公开实施例中,如果终端能力指示信息指示终端具备上述能力,则终端可以继续执行上述图3A、图3B、图4A、图4B所对应的任一信息处理方法。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal has the above capabilities, the terminal may continue to execute any information processing method corresponding to the above FIG. 3A , FIG. 3B , FIG. 4A , and FIG. 4B .
在一个示例中,当终端能力指示信息还用于指示终端处理半静态调度的上行信息的第一能力,和/或终端处理半静态调度的下行信息的第二能力时,基站侧可以考虑终端的具体处理能力,为终端半静态调度上行信息和/或下行信息。In one example, when the terminal capability indication information is also used to indicate a first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or a second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information, the base station side may consider the specific processing capability of the terminal and semi-statically schedule uplink information and/or downlink information for the terminal.
示例性地,基站可以发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端基于终端能力执行冲突处理,当第一能力优于第二能力时,终端丢弃下行信息。当第二能力优先第一能力时,终端丢弃上行信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information, and when the second capability is superior to the first capability, the terminal discards the uplink information.
上述实施例中,终端可以向基站上报终端能力指示信息,以便将终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力告知基站,后续基站可以在终端不具备该能力的情况下,确保上下行信息不会在时域上冲突,或者在终端具备该能力的情况下,由终端执行冲突处理,提高了全双工通信的可靠性。In the above embodiment, the terminal can report terminal capability indication information to the base station so as to inform the base station whether the terminal has the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. Subsequently, the base station can ensure that the uplink and downlink information will not conflict in the time domain if the terminal does not have this capability, or perform conflict resolution by the terminal if the terminal has this capability, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
下面以网络侧设备包括基站为例,从基站侧介绍一下本公开提供的信息处理方法。The following takes the network side device including a base station as an example to introduce the information processing method provided by the present disclosure from the base station side.
本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,参照图6所示,图6是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由基站执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:The present disclosure provides an information processing method, as shown in FIG6 , which is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤601中,向终端发送指示信息。In step 601, indication information is sent to a terminal.
在本公开实施例中,基站可以向终端发送指示信息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may send indication information to the terminal.
在一个可能的实现方式中,指示信息可以用于指示所述终端对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information may be used to indicate the terminal to perform processing on at least one of the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information.
需要说明的是,半静态调度的上行信息是指基站预先为终端配置了上行信息,进一步地,基站可以通过激活消息激活之前配置的上行信息。其中,激活消息可以包括但不限于DCI、RRC消息等。It should be noted that the semi-statically scheduled uplink information refers to the uplink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can activate the previously configured uplink information through an activation message. The activation message may include but is not limited to DCI, RRC message, etc.
半静态调度的下行信息是指基站预先为终端配置了下行信息,进一步地,基站可以通过激活消息激活之前配置的下行信息。其中,激活消息可以包括但不限于DCI、RRC消息等。The downlink information of semi-static scheduling refers to the downlink information pre-configured by the base station for the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can activate the previously configured downlink information through an activation message. The activation message may include but is not limited to DCI, RRC message, etc.
在一个可能的实现方式中,向终端发送指示信息可以包括向终端发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对所述上行信息与所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one possible implementation, sending indication information to the terminal may include sending first indication information to the terminal, the first indication information being used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the uplink information and the downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
终端所获取到的第一指示信息的内容以及终端执行的处理已经在终端侧进行了介绍,基站侧对应执行的动作将在后续实施例中进行介绍,此处暂不介绍。The content of the first indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal have been introduced on the terminal side, and the corresponding actions performed on the base station side will be introduced in subsequent embodiments and will not be introduced here for the time being.
在一个可能的实现方式中,向终端发送指示信息可以包括向终端发送第二指示信息和发送第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于半静态调度所述上行信息,第三指示信息用于半静态调度下行信息。In a possible implementation, sending the indication information to the terminal may include sending second indication information and third indication information to the terminal, wherein the second indication information is used for semi-statically scheduling the uplink information, and the third indication information is used for semi-statically scheduling the downlink information.
在一个示例中,基站可以通过一次发送的信息将第二指示信息和第三指示信息告知终端。In an example, the base station may inform the terminal of the second indication information and the third indication information through information sent once.
在另一个示例中,基站可以通过多次发送的信息分别将第二指示信息和第三指示信息告知终端。In another example, the base station may respectively inform the terminal of the second indication information and the third indication information by sending information multiple times.
终端所获取到的第二指示信息、第三指示信息的内容以及终端执行的处理已经在终端侧进行了介绍,基站侧对应执行的动作将在后续实施例中进行介绍,此处暂不介绍。The content of the second indication information and the third indication information obtained by the terminal and the processing performed by the terminal have been introduced on the terminal side, and the corresponding actions performed on the base station side will be introduced in subsequent embodiments and will not be introduced here.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站向终端发送第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息,终端优选基于第一指示信息对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one possible implementation, the base station sends first indication information, second indication information and third indication information to the terminal, and the terminal preferably performs processing on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first indication information.
以上仅为示例性说明,实际应用中,基站向终端发送指示信息,使得终端基于该指示信息对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description. In actual applications, the base station sends indication information to the terminal, so that the terminal needs to perform processing on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the indication information, which should fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
上述实施例中,基站可以发送指示信息,从而让终端确定对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。提高了全双工通信的可用性。In the above embodiment, the base station can send indication information so that the terminal can determine the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information, thereby improving the availability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图7A所示,图7A是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由 基站执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 7A, FIG. 7A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment. The base station executes the method, which may include the following steps:
在步骤701中,向终端发送第二指示信息和发送第三指示信息。In step 701, second indication information and third indication information are sent to a terminal.
在本公开实施例中,第二指示信息可以用于半静态调度所述上行信息,第三指示信息可以用于半静态调度下行信息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information, and the third indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息可以是为终端半静态调度上行信息的一个DCI。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information may be a DCI for semi-static scheduling of uplink information for the terminal.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息可以是为终端半静态调度上行信息的一个RRC消息。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information may be an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of uplink information for the terminal.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,第三指示信息可以是为终端半静态调度下行信息的一个DCI。In another possible implementation manner, the third indication information may be a DCI for semi-statically scheduling downlink information for the terminal.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,第三指示信息可以是为终端半静态调度下行信息的一个RRC消息。In another possible implementation manner, the third indication information may be an RRC message for semi-static scheduling of downlink information for the terminal.
第二指示信息与第三指示信息可以为相同或不同的DCI,也可以为相同或不同的RRC消息,或者其中一个为DCI另一个为RRC消息,本公开对此均不作限定。The second indication information and the third indication information may be the same or different DCIs, or the same or different RRC messages, or one may be a DCI and the other may be an RRC message, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以用于指示终端基于上行信息的第一优先级和下行信息的第二优先级,确定对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one possible implementation, the second indication information and the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal to determine the processing to be performed on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information based on the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站可以向终端发送一次信息,通过该信息将该第二指示信息和第三指示信息发送给终端。In a possible implementation manner, the base station may send information to the terminal once, and use the information to send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
示例性地,基站可以发送一个DCI,该DCI中包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send a DCI, where the DCI includes the second indication information and the third indication information.
示例性地,基站可以发送一个RRC消息,其中包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send an RRC message including the second indication information and the third indication information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站可以多次发送信息,其中分别包括该第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the base station may send information multiple times, including the second indication information and the third indication information respectively.
示例性地,基站可以发送第一DCI,第一DCI中包括第二指示信息,基站还可以发送第二DCI,第二DCI中包括第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send a first DCI, where the first DCI includes the second indication information. The base station may also send a second DCI, where the second DCI includes the third indication information.
示例性地,基站可以发送一个RRC消息,其中包括第二指示信息,基站还可以发送另一个RRC消息,其中包括第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send an RRC message including the second indication information, and the base station may also send another RRC message including the third indication information.
示例性地,基站可以发送一个RRC消息,其中包括第二指示信息,基站还可以发送一个DCI,其中包括第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send an RRC message including the second indication information, and the base station may also send a DCI including the third indication information.
示例性地,基站可以发送一个DCI,其中包括第二指示信息,基站还可以发送另一个RRC消息,其中包括第三指示信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send a DCI including the second indication information, and the base station may also send another RRC message including the third indication information.
以上仅为示例性说明,实际应用中,发送上述第二指示信息和第三指示信息的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description. In actual applications, the schemes of sending the second indication information and the third indication information should all fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
当第二指示信息为DCI时,基站可以先基于当前业务确定第二指示信息中是否需要包括优先级指示域。When the second indication information is DCI, the base station may first determine whether the second indication information needs to include a priority indication field based on the current service.
示例性地,基站确定当前执行业务的优先级低,基站可以确定第二指示信息中不需要包含优先级指示域。Exemplarily, the base station determines that the priority of the currently executed service is low, and the base station may determine that the second indication information does not need to include a priority indication field.
示例性地,基站确定执行业务的优先级较高,基站可以确定第二指示信息中需要包含优先级指示域。Exemplarily, the base station determines that the priority of executing the service is higher, and the base station may determine that the second indication information needs to include a priority indication field.
在一个示例中,基站响应于确定待发送的第二指示信息中需要包含所述优先级指示域,在待发送的所述第二指示信息中,将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级配置为所述上行信息的第一优先级。In one example, in response to determining that the second indication information to be sent needs to include the priority indication field, the base station configures the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the first priority of the uplink information in the second indication information to be sent.
示例性地,第二指示信息是用于半静态调度上行信息的DCI时,优先级指示域可以是Priority indicator指示域。Exemplarily, when the second indication information is a DCI for semi-static scheduling of uplink information, the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field.
需要说明的是,Priority indicator指示域可以用于指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,本公开中,该Priority indicator指示域用于指示该上行信息的第一优先级。It should be noted that the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. In the present disclosure, the Priority indicator field is used to indicate the first priority of the uplink information.
示例性地,优先级指示域可以包括n个比特位,可选地,n为正整数。Exemplarily, the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
例如,n为1,基站可以在待发送的第二指示信息中,将优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值配置为0,0用于指示第一优先级为低优先级,或者,基站可以在待发送的第二指示信息中,将优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值配置为1,1用于指示第一优先级为高优先级。For example, n is 1, and the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the second indication information to be sent to 0, where 0 is used to indicate that the first priority is a low priority. Alternatively, the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the second indication information to be sent to 1, where 1 is used to indicate that the first priority is a high priority.
当第二指示信息为RRC消息时,基站可以将RRC消息中所包含的第一优先级指示信息所指示的优先级配置为所述上行信息的第一优先级。When the second indication information is an RRC message, the base station may configure the priority indicated by the first priority indication information included in the RRC message as the first priority of the uplink information.
在一个示例中,该第一优先级指示信息可以用于指示优先级索引,例如优先级指示信息可以为phy-PriorityIndex,基站将RRC消息中包含的phy-PriorityIndex所指示的优先级配置为第一优先级。In one example, the first priority indication information can be used to indicate a priority index. For example, the priority indication information may be phy-PriorityIndex. The base station configures the priority indicated by phy-PriorityIndex contained in the RRC message as the first priority.
本公开中,phy-PriorityIndex可以用于指示上行信息的第一优先级。In the present disclosure, phy-PriorityIndex may be used to indicate the first priority of uplink information.
当第三指示信息为DCI时,基站可以先基于当前业务确定第三指示信息中是否需要包括优先级指示域。When the third indication information is DCI, the base station may first determine whether the third indication information needs to include a priority indication field based on the current service.
示例性地,基站确定当前执行业务的优先级低,基站可以确定第三指示信息中不需要包含优先级指示域。Exemplarily, the base station determines that the priority of the currently executed service is low, and the base station may determine that the third indication information does not need to include a priority indication field.
示例性地,基站确定执行业务的优先级较高,基站可以确定第三指示信息中需要包含优先级指示域。Exemplarily, the base station determines that the priority of executing the service is higher, and the base station may determine that the third indication information needs to include a priority indication field.
在一个示例中,基站响应于确定待发送的第三指示信息中需要包含所述优先级指示域,在待发送的所述第三指示信息中,将所述优先级指示域所指示的优先级配置为所述下行信息的第二优先级。In one example, in response to determining that the third indication information to be sent needs to include the priority indication field, the base station configures the priority indicated by the priority indication field as the second priority of the downlink information in the third indication information to be sent.
示例性地,第三指示信息是用于半静态调度上行信息的DCI时,优先级指示域可以是Priority indicator指示域。 Exemplarily, when the third indication information is a DCI for semi-static scheduling of uplink information, the priority indication field may be a Priority indicator indication field.
需要说明的是,Priority indicator指示域可以用于指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,本公开中,该Priority indicator指示域用于指示该下行信息的第二优先级。It should be noted that the Priority indicator field can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. In the present disclosure, the Priority indicator field is used to indicate the second priority of the downlink information.
示例性地,优先级指示域可以包括n个比特位,可选地,n为正整数。Exemplarily, the priority indication field may include n bits, and optionally, n is a positive integer.
例如,n为1,基站可以在待发送的第三指示信息中,将优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值配置为0,0用于指示第二优先级为低优先级,或者,基站可以在待发送的第三指示信息中,将优先级指示域所包括的该比特位的比特值配置为1,1用于指示第二优先级为高优先级。For example, n is 1, and the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the third indication information to be sent to 0, where 0 is used to indicate that the second priority is a low priority. Alternatively, the base station may configure the bit value of the bit included in the priority indication field in the third indication information to be sent to 1, where 1 is used to indicate that the second priority is a high priority.
当第三指示信息为RRC消息时,基站可以将RRC消息中所包含的第二优先级指示信息所指示的优先级配置为所述下行信息的第二优先级。When the third indication information is an RRC message, the base station may configure the priority indicated by the second priority indication information included in the RRC message as the second priority of the downlink information.
在一个示例中,第二优先级指示信息可以为harq-CodebookID,用于指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级。基站将RRC消息中包含的harq-CodebookID所指示的优先级配置为第二优先级。In an example, the second priority indication information may be harq-CodebookID, which is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. The base station configures the priority indicated by the harq-CodebookID included in the RRC message as the second priority.
本公开中,该第二优先级指示信息可以用于指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,同时也可以用于指示下行信息的第二优先级。In the present disclosure, the second priority indication information can be used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH, and can also be used to indicate the second priority of the downlink information.
在步骤702中,响应于确定所述上行信息的第一优先级与所述下行信息的第二优先级不同,且所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级,确定第二处理方式。In step 702, in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information and there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, a second processing method is determined based on the first priority and the second priority.
对于基站而言,为了确保与终端侧理解一致,当第一优先级与下行信息的第二优先级不同,且上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,基站侧也可以执行对应的冲突处理,此时基站可以基于第一优先级和所述第二优先级,确定第二处理方式。For the base station, in order to ensure consistent understanding with the terminal side, when the first priority is different from the second priority of the downlink information, and there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, the base station side can also perform corresponding conflict processing. At this time, the base station can determine the second processing method based on the first priority and the second priority.
在本公开实施例中,基站在确定所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源与所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源满足第一条件时,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station determines that the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information meet a first condition, it determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一条件包括但不限于以下至少一项:在时域上存在重叠;位于相同的第一时间单元内。In a possible implementation, the first condition includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being within the same first time unit.
其中,第一时间单元内配置了第一子带,所述第一时间单元的传输方向与所述第一子带的传输方向相反,或所述第一时间单元的传输方向为灵活。The first sub-band is configured in the first time unit, the transmission direction of the first time unit is opposite to the transmission direction of the first sub-band, or the transmission direction of the first time unit is flexible.
在本公开实施例中,第一时间单元可以以slot、符号(symbol)、持续时长(span)等为单位,本公开对此不作限定。其中,一个span包括多个连续的symbol。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first time unit may be a slot, a symbol, a span, etc., which is not limited in the present disclosure. A span includes multiple continuous symbols.
在一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为上行时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了下行子带。其中,下行子带是指该子带被配置为进行下行数据传输。In an example, the first time unit may be an uplink time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the downlink subband means that the subband is configured for downlink data transmission.
在另一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为下行时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了上行子带。其中,上行子带是指该子带被配置为进行上行数据传输。In another example, the first time unit may be a downlink time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit, wherein the uplink subband refers to a subband configured for uplink data transmission.
在另一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为灵活(flexible)时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了下行子带。In another example, the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and a downlink subband is configured in the first time unit.
在另一个示例中,第一时间单元可以为flexible时间单元,在第一时间单元内配置了上行子带。In another example, the first time unit may be a flexible time unit, and an uplink subband is configured in the first time unit.
示例性地,基站响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上完全重叠,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource completely overlap in the time domain, the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上部分重叠,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource partially overlap in the time domain, the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are located in the same first time unit, the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上完全重叠,且位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource completely overlap in the time domain and are located in the same first time unit, the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上部分重叠,且位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource partially overlap in the time domain and are located in the same first time unit, the base station determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站响应于确定第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,但位于相同的第一时间单元内,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。Exemplarily, in response to determining that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain but are located in the same first time unit, the base station determines that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain.
以上仅为示例性说明,基站确定上行信息和下行信息在时域上存在冲突的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description, and all solutions for the base station to determine whether there is a conflict between uplink information and downlink information in the time domain should fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站响应于确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级,确定所述第二处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In a possible implementation manner, in response to determining that the first priority is higher than the second priority, the base station determines that the second processing manner includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,基站响应于确定所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级,确定所述第二处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another possible implementation, in response to determining that the first priority is lower than the second priority, the base station determines that the second processing manner includes discarding the uplink information.
在步骤703中,按照所述第二处理方式,执行冲突处理。In step 703, conflict handling is performed according to the second handling manner.
在一个可能的实现方式中,当所述第二处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息时,基站可以不期待终端发送上行信息。相应地,基站可以在下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上发送下行信息。In a possible implementation, when the second processing mode includes discarding the uplink information, the base station may not expect the terminal to send uplink information. Accordingly, the base station may send downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,当所述第二处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息时,基站可以不发送下行信息。 相应地,基站可以在上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上接收上行信息。In another possible implementation manner, when the second processing manner includes discarding the downlink information, the base station may not send the downlink information. Correspondingly, the base station can receive the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information.
上述实施例中,基站可以向终端发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息,以便让终端按照第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。基站自身也可以按照第二处理方式,执行冲突处理。本公开可以支持基站在相同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,且可以确保基站和终端在执行冲突处理时理解一致,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiment, the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal so that the terminal performs conflict processing according to the first processing method. The base station itself may also perform conflict processing according to the second processing method. The present disclosure may support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, and may ensure that the base station and the terminal have a consistent understanding when performing conflict processing, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤701可以单独执行,即基站通过这两个指示信息为终端半静态调度上行信息和下行信息。In some optional embodiments, the above step 701 may be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through the two indication information.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤702至步骤703可以组合实施,当基站确定存在上述冲突时,可以基于其他方式直接确定第二处理方式,并执行冲突处理。示例性地,基站可以基于协议约定直接确定第二处理方式。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 702 to 703 may be implemented in combination, and when the base station determines that the above conflict exists, it may directly determine the second processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the base station may directly determine the second processing method based on the protocol agreement.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图7B所示,图7B是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由基站执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 7B , FIG. 7B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which may be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤701’中,向终端发送第二指示信息和发送第三指示信息。In step 701', the second indication information and the third indication information are sent to the terminal.
步骤701’的实现方式与上述步骤701类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 701' is similar to the above step 701 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤702’中,响应于确定所述上行信息的第一优先级与所述下行信息的第二优先级相同,配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。In step 702', in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is the same as the second priority of the downlink information, the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information are configured so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在本公开实施例中,基站确定所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源与所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源不满足第一条件时,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station determines that the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information do not satisfy the first condition, it determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项:在时域上存在重叠;位于相同的第一时间单元内。The first condition includes at least one of the following: overlap in the time domain; and being located in the same first time unit.
示例性地,基站所配置的第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,则基站确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource configured by the base station do not overlap in the time domain, and the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站所配置的第一时域资源与第二时域资源未处于相同的第一时间单元内,则基站确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, if the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource configured by the base station are not in the same first time unit, the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站所配置的第一时域资源与第二时域资源处于相同的第一时间单元内,但第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,则基站确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource configured by the base station are in the same first time unit, but the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource do not overlap in the time domain, then the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
示例性地,基站所配置的第一时域资源与第二时域资源未处于相同的第一时间单元内,且第一时域资源与第二时域资源在时域上不重叠,则基站确定上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。Exemplarily, the first time domain resources and the second time domain resources configured by the base station are not in the same first time unit, and the first time domain resources and the second time domain resources do not overlap in the time domain, then the base station determines that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
第一时间单元的内容已经在上述实施例的步骤304中进行了介绍,此处不再赘述。The content of the first time unit has been introduced in step 304 of the above embodiment and will not be repeated here.
在步骤703’中,在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上接收所述上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上发送所述下行信息。In step 703', the uplink information is received on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information, and the downlink information is sent on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information.
上述实施例中,基站可以向终端发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息,从而分别确定第一优先级和第二优先级,当两个优先级相同时,基站可以通过配置确保半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上不冲突,本公开可以支持基站在不同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiment, the base station can send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal, so as to determine the first priority and the second priority respectively. When the two priorities are the same, the base station can ensure through configuration that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling do not conflict in the time domain. The present disclosure can support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤701’可以单独执行,即基站通过这两个指示信息为终端半静态调度上行信息和下行信息。In some optional embodiments, the above step 701' can be performed separately, that is, the base station semi-statically schedules uplink information and downlink information for the terminal through these two indication information.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤702’至步骤703’可以组合实施,基站侧通过配置过程确保不会出现上述冲突。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 702' to 703' may be implemented in combination, and the base station side ensures that the above conflicts do not occur through a configuration process.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图8A所示,图8A是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由基站执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 8A , FIG. 8A is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which may be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤801中,向终端发送第一指示信息。In step 801, first indication information is sent to a terminal.
在本公开实施例中,第一指示信息可以用于指示当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first indication information may be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:丢弃所述上行信息;丢弃所述下行信息;保留所述上行信息;保留所述下行信息;所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;传输方向的优先级;传输方向。In one possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站可以通过第一消息向终端发送该第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the base station may send the first indication information to the terminal through a first message.
示例性地,第一消息可以包括但不限于以下至少一项:RRC消息;MAC CE消息。Exemplarily, the first message may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: RRC message; MAC CE message.
在步骤802中,响应于确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一指示信息,确定第二处理方式。 In step 802, in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a second processing manner is determined based on the first indication information.
在本公开实施例中,确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突的方式可以参照上述步骤702的相关内容,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the manner of determining whether the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain may refer to the relevant content of the above step 702, which will not be described in detail here.
在一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示丢弃所述上行信息时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In one example, when the first indication information is used to indicate discarding the uplink information, determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示丢弃所述下行信息时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate discarding the downlink information, determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示保留所述上行信息时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate retaining the uplink information, determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示保留所述下行信息时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate retaining the downlink information, determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information, determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information, determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示优先级列表,且在该优先级列表中第一优先级高于第二优先级时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate a priority list, and in the priority list the first priority is higher than the second priority, determining the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示优先级列表,且在该优先级列表中第一优先级低于第二优先级时,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃所述上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate a priority list, and in the priority list the first priority is lower than the second priority, determining the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the first priority is associated with a first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with a second cycle duration of the downlink information.
基站响应于确定所述上行信息的第一周期时长小于所述下行信息的第二周期时长,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级,基站确定第二处理方式包括丢弃上行信息。In response to determining that the first cycle duration of the uplink information is less than the second cycle duration of the downlink information, the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
基站响应于确定所述第一周期时长大于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级,基站确定第二处理方式包括丢弃下行信息。In response to determining that the first cycle duration is greater than the second cycle duration, the base station determines that the first priority is higher than the second priority, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示第一周期时长和第二周期时长时,基站响应于确定所述上行信息的第一周期时长小于所述下行信息的第二周期时长,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级,基站确定第二处理方式包括丢弃上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration, the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first cycle duration of the uplink information is less than the second cycle duration of the downlink information, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
基站响应于确定所述第一周期时长大于所述第二周期时长,确定所述第一优先级高于所述第二优先级,基站确定第二处理方式包括丢弃下行信息。In response to determining that the first cycle duration is greater than the second cycle duration, the base station determines that the first priority is higher than the second priority, and the base station determines that the second processing method includes discarding downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示传输方向的优先级时,示例性地,响应于基于第一指示信息确定上行传输的优先级低于下行传输的优先级,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate the priority of the transmission direction, exemplarily, in response to determining that the priority of the uplink transmission is lower than the priority of the downlink transmission based on the first indication information, it is determined that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information, and accordingly, the second processing method is determined to include discarding the uplink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示传输方向的优先级时,示例性地,响应于基于第一指示信息确定上行传输的优先级高于下行传输的优先级,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate the priority of the transmission direction, exemplarily, in response to determining that the priority of uplink transmission is higher than the priority of downlink transmission based on the first indication information, it is determined that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information, and accordingly, the second processing method is determined to include discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示传输方向时,基站响应于确定第一指示信息指示上行传输,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃下行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission direction, the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first indication information indicates uplink transmission, and accordingly determines that the second processing method includes discarding the downlink information.
在另一个示例中,当第一指示信息用于指示传输方向时,基站响应于确定第一指示信息指示下行传输,确定所述上行信息的第一优先级低于所述下行信息的第二优先级,相应地,确定第二处理方式包括丢弃上行信息。In another example, when the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission direction, the base station determines that the first priority of the uplink information is lower than the second priority of the downlink information in response to determining that the first indication information indicates downlink transmission, and accordingly determines that the second processing method includes discarding the uplink information.
以上仅为示例性说明,第一指示信息指示其他内容以便终端执行冲突处理的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description, and solutions in which the first indication information indicates other contents so that the terminal can perform conflict handling should all fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
在步骤803中,按照所述第二处理方式,执行冲突处理。In step 803, conflict handling is performed according to the second handling manner.
步骤803的实现方式与上述步骤703类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation of step 803 is similar to the above step 703 and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,该实施例中,基站也可以向终端发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息为DCI时,对于第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息中是否包含优先级指示域,以及优先级指示域指示的内容不作限定。即第二指示信息中可以包含优先级指示域,也可以不包含优先级指示域。第三指示信息中可以包含优先级指示域,也可以不包含优先级指示域。当第二指示信息和第三指示信息为DCI且均包括优先级指示域的情况下,两个优先级指示域可以指示相同优先级,或不同优先级,本公开对此均不作限定。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the base station may also send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal. When the second indication information and/or the third indication information is DCI, there is no limitation on whether the second indication information and/or the third indication information contains a priority indication field, and the content indicated by the priority indication field. That is, the second indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field. The third indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field. When the second indication information and the third indication information are DCI and both include a priority indication field, the two priority indication fields may indicate the same priority, or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
该实施例中,基站也可以向终端发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息为RRC消息时,本公开对第二指示信息和第三指示信息所指示的优先级不作限定。当当第二指示信息和第三 指示信息均为RRC消息的情况下,两个指示信息中所包含的第一优先级指示信息和第二优先级指示信息可以指示相同优先级,或不同优先级,本公开对此均不作限定。In this embodiment, the base station may also send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal. When the second indication information and/or the third indication information is an RRC message, the present disclosure does not limit the priority indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information. When both indication information are RRC messages, the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information included in the two indication information may indicate the same priority or different priorities, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
在本公开实施例中,基站可以向终端发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当基站确定第一优先级和第二优先级相等时,基站可以向终端发送第一指示信息,从而再次确定第一优先级和第二优先级的高低。以便当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,终端和基站均基于第一指示信息,确定对应的处理方式,继而执行冲突处理。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal. When the base station determines that the first priority and the second priority are equal, the base station may send the first indication information to the terminal, thereby re-determining the first priority and the second priority. When the uplink information conflicts with the downlink information in the time domain, the terminal and the base station both determine the corresponding processing method based on the first indication information, and then perform conflict processing.
上述实施例中,基站可以向终端发送上述第一指示信息,从而在半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,让终端执行冲突处理,支持基站在相同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,且基站也可以执行冲突处理,确保与终端侧的理解一致,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiment, the base station can send the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal, so that when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain, the terminal can perform conflict processing, and support the base station to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources. The base station can also perform conflict processing to ensure consistency with the understanding of the terminal side, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤801可以单独执行,即基站只单独向终端发送第一指示信息,指示终端当存在上述冲突时需要执行的处理。对于基站侧而言,可以在冲突的时域资源上同步进行数据接收和发送,因此可以只由终端侧执行冲突处理。In some optional embodiments, the above step 801 can be performed separately, that is, the base station only sends the first indication information to the terminal separately, indicating the processing that the terminal needs to perform when the above conflict exists. For the base station side, data reception and transmission can be performed synchronously on the conflicting time domain resources, so the conflict processing can be performed only by the terminal side.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤802至步骤803可以组合实施,当基站确定存在上述冲突时,可以基于其他方式直接确定第二处理方式,并执行冲突处理。示例性地,基站可以基于协议约定直接确定第二处理方式。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 802 to 803 may be implemented in combination, and when the base station determines that the above conflict exists, it may directly determine the second processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the base station may directly determine the second processing method based on the protocol agreement.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图8B所示,图8B是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由基站执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 8B , FIG. 8B is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which may be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤801’中,获取第一指示信息。In step 801', first indication information is obtained.
在本公开实施例中,基站可以不发送第一指示信息,而是基于协议约定,获取该第一指示信息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may not send the first indication information, but obtain the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
在一个示例中,第一指示信息可以用于指示当半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one example, the first indication information can be used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
本公开实施例中,第一指示信息可以是不同于第二指示信息、第三指示信息的一个独立的指示信息,终端直接基于协议约定,确定第一指示信息,无需占用基站的信令资源,可用性高。In the disclosed embodiment, the first indication information may be an independent indication information different from the second indication information and the third indication information. The terminal directly determines the first indication information based on the protocol agreement without occupying the signaling resources of the base station, and has high availability.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:丢弃所述上行信息;丢弃所述下行信息;保留所述上行信息;保留所述下行信息;所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;传输方向的优先级;传输方向。In one possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
进一步地,基站按照第一指示信息,确定上行信息的第一优先级和下行信息的第二优先级,或者确定两者的优先级关系,确定方式与上述步骤801类似,在此不再赘述。Further, the base station determines the first priority of the uplink information and the second priority of the downlink information according to the first indication information, or determines the priority relationship between the two. The determination method is similar to the above step 801 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤802’中,响应于确定所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述第一指示信息,确定第二处理方式。In step 802', in response to determining that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, a second processing method is determined based on the first indication information.
步骤802’的实现方式与上述步骤802类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 802' is similar to the above step 802 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤803’中,按照所述第二处理方式,执行冲突处理。In step 803', conflict handling is performed according to the second processing method.
步骤803’的实现方式与上述步骤803类似,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 803' is similar to the above step 803 and will not be repeated here.
在本公开实施例中,基站可以向终端发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当基站确定第一优先级和第二优先级相等时,基站可以按照协议约定获取第一指示信息,从而再次确定第一优先级和第二优先级的高低。以便当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于第一指示信息,确定第二处理方式,继而执行冲突处理。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal. When the base station determines that the first priority and the second priority are equal, the base station may obtain the first indication information according to the protocol agreement, thereby re-determining the first priority and the second priority. When the uplink information conflicts with the downlink information in the time domain, the second processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
上述实施例中,基站可以基于预定义规则,在所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时执行冲突处理,提高了全双工通信的可靠性。In the above embodiment, the base station can perform conflict processing based on predefined rules when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤801’可以单独执行,即基站获取第一指示信息,对于基站侧而言,可以在冲突的时域资源上同步进行数据接收和发送,因此可以只由终端侧执行冲突处理。终端侧同样基于协议约定获取第一指示信息。In some optional embodiments, the above step 801' can be performed separately, that is, the base station obtains the first indication information, and for the base station side, data reception and transmission can be performed synchronously on the conflicting time domain resources, so conflict processing can be performed only by the terminal side. The terminal side also obtains the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤802’至步骤803’可以组合实施,当基站确定存在上述冲突时,可以基于其他方式直接确定第二处理方式,并执行冲突处理。示例性地,基站可以基于协议约定直接确定第二处理方式。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 802' to 803' can be implemented in combination. When the base station determines that the above conflict exists, it can directly determine the second processing method based on other methods and perform conflict processing. Exemplarily, the base station can directly determine the second processing method based on the protocol agreement.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图9所示,图9是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,可以由基站执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9 , FIG. 9 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, which can be executed by a base station. The method may include the following steps:
在步骤901中,接收终端上报的终端能力指示信息。In step 901, terminal capability indication information reported by a terminal is received.
在本公开实施例中,所述终端能力指示信息可以用于指示所述终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下 行信息在时域上冲突的能力。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal capability indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the uplink information and the downlink information. The ability to resolve conflicts in the time domain.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端能力指示信息用于指示终端具备该能力时,终端能力指示信息还可以用于终端处理半静态调度的上行信息的第一能力,和/或终端处理半静态调度的下行信息的第二能力。In one possible implementation, when the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, the terminal capability indication information can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or the second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
在一个示例中,终端能力信息可以用于指示终端的第一能力优于第二能力。In one example, the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the first capability of the terminal is superior to the second capability.
在另一个示例中,终端能力信息可以用于指示终端的第二能力优于第一能力。In another example, the terminal capability information may be used to indicate that the second capability of the terminal is superior to the first capability.
在本公开实施例中,如果终端能力指示信息指示终端不具备上述能力,则基站可以配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。进一步地,基站可以在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上接收所述上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上发送所述下行信息。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal does not have the above capability, the base station may configure the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information, so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. Further, the base station may receive the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and send the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
具体实现方式与上述实施例中优先级相同的情况下,基站配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突,以及基站可以在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上接收所述上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上发送所述下行信息执行的过程类似,在此不再赘述。When the specific implementation method has the same priority as in the above-mentioned embodiment, the base station configures the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information, so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, and the base station can receive the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and send the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information. The process is similar and will not be repeated here.
在本公开实施例中,如果终端能力指示信息指示终端具备上述能力,则终端可以继续执行上述图7A、图7B、图8A、图8B所对应的任一信息处理方法。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal has the above capabilities, the terminal may continue to execute any information processing method corresponding to the above FIG. 7A , FIG. 7B , FIG. 8A , and FIG. 8B .
在一个示例中,当终端能力指示信息还用于指示终端处理半静态调度的上行信息的第一能力,和/或终端处理半静态调度的下行信息的第二能力时,基站侧可以考虑终端的具体处理能力,为终端半静态调度上行信息和/或下行信息。In one example, when the terminal capability indication information is also used to indicate a first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or a second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information, the base station side may consider the specific processing capability of the terminal and semi-statically schedule uplink information and/or downlink information for the terminal.
示例性地,基站可以发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端基于终端能力执行冲突处理,当第一能力优于第二能力时,终端丢弃下行信息。相应地,基站也可以丢弃下行信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information. Accordingly, the base station may also discard the downlink information.
当第二能力优先第一能力时,终端丢弃上行信息。相应地,基站也可以丢弃上行信息。When the second capability takes precedence over the first capability, the terminal discards the uplink information. Correspondingly, the base station may also discard the uplink information.
上述实施例中,终端可以向基站上报终端能力指示信息,以便将终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力告知基站,提高了全双工通信的可靠性。In the above embodiment, the terminal may report the terminal capability indication information to the base station, so as to inform the base station whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, thereby improving the reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,参照图10所示,图10是根据一实施例示出的一种信息处理方法流程图,该方法可以包括以下步骤:In some optional embodiments, referring to FIG. 10 , FIG. 10 is a flow chart of an information processing method according to an embodiment, and the method may include the following steps:
在步骤1001中,终端向基站上报终端能力指示信息。In step 1001, the terminal reports terminal capability indication information to the base station.
其中,该终端能力指示信息用于指示终端具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力。The terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
步骤1001为可选执行步骤。示例性地,当协议约定全双工终端具备该能力的情况下,终端可以不执行步骤1001。Step 1001 is an optional step. Exemplarily, when the protocol stipulates that the full-duplex terminal has this capability, the terminal may not execute step 1001.
在步骤1002中,基站向终端发送指示信息。In step 1002, the base station sends indication information to the terminal.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站可以向终端发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。In one possible implementation, the base station may send first indication information to the terminal; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在一个示例中,第一指示信息可以用于指示以下至少一项:丢弃所述上行信息;丢弃所述下行信息;保留所述上行信息;保留所述下行信息;述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;传输方向的优先级;传输方向。In one example, the first indication information can be used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站可以向终端发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the base station may send the second indication information and the third indication information to the terminal.
其中,第二指示信息用于半静态调度所述上行信息。第三指示信息可以用于半静态调度所述下行信息。The second indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information. The third indication information may be used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站可以向终端发送第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the base station may send first indication information, second indication information and third indication information to the terminal.
可选地,步骤1002为可选执行步骤,例如终端和基站均基于协议约定获取第一指示信息时,步骤1002可以不执行。Optionally, step 1002 is an optional execution step. For example, when the terminal and the base station both obtain the first indication information based on a protocol agreement, step 1002 may not be executed.
在步骤1003中,终端响应于确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于所述指示信息,确定第一处理方式。In step 1003, in response to determining that there is a conflict in the time domain between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling, the terminal determines a first processing manner based on the indication information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,当终端基于第二指示信息和第三指示信息是否包含优先级指示域,以及包含优先级指示域时,优先级指示域所指示的优先级,确定上行信息的第一优先级与下行信息的第二优先级不同,且确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,可以丢弃优先级低的信息。In one possible implementation, when the terminal determines that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information based on whether the second indication information and the third indication information include a priority indication field, and when the priority indication field is included, the priority indicated by the priority indication field, and when it is determined that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the information with the lower priority can be discarded.
具体实现方式参照步骤304,此处不再赘述。The specific implementation method refers to step 304 and will not be described again here.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,直接基于第一指示信息,确定第一处理方式。In a possible implementation manner, when the terminal determines that there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the terminal directly determines the first processing manner based on the first indication information.
具体实现方式参照步骤402,此处不再赘述。The specific implementation method refers to step 402 and will not be described again here.
在步骤1004中,终端按照第一处理方式,执行冲突处理。 In step 1004, the terminal performs conflict handling according to the first handling manner.
步骤1004的实现方式参照上述步骤305,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 1004 refers to the above step 305 and will not be repeated here.
在步骤1005中,基站响应于确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,确定第二处理方式。In step 1005, in response to determining that there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the base station determines a second processing manner.
在一个可能的实现方式中,当基站发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息的情况下,响应于确定上行信息的第一优先级与下行信息的第二优先级不同,且确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,可以丢弃优先级低的信息。In one possible implementation, when the base station sends the second indication information and the third indication information, in response to determining that the first priority of the uplink information is different from the second priority of the downlink information, and determining that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the information with the lower priority can be discarded.
具体实现方式参照步骤702,此处不再赘述。The specific implementation method refers to step 702 and will not be repeated here.
在一个可能的实现方式中,基站向终端发送第一指示信息,则基站确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,直接基于第一指示信息,确定第二处理方式。具体实现方式参照步骤802,此处不再赘述。In one possible implementation, the base station sends first indication information to the terminal, and when the base station determines that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, the base station directly determines the second processing method based on the first indication information. The specific implementation method refers to step 802 and is not described here.
在步骤1006中,基站按照第二处理方式,执行冲突处理。In step 1006, the base station performs conflict handling according to the second processing mode.
步骤1006的实现方式参照上述步骤703,在此不再赘述。The implementation method of step 1006 refers to the above step 703 and will not be repeated here.
上述实施例中,可以支持基站在相同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,且可以确保基站和终端在执行冲突处理时理解一致,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiments, the base station can be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on the same time domain resources, and can ensure that the base station and the terminal have consistent understanding when performing conflict handling, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤1203至1204可以组合实施,即终端只要确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,就可以在终端侧执行冲突处理,具体的处理方式可以基于协议约定。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 1203 to 1204 can be implemented in combination, that is, as long as the terminal determines that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, conflict processing can be performed on the terminal side, and the specific processing method can be based on the protocol agreement.
在一些可选实施例中,上述步骤1205至1206可以组合实施,即基站只要确定半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,就可以在基站侧执行冲突处理,具体的处理方式可以基于协议约定。In some optional embodiments, the above steps 1205 to 1206 can be implemented in combination, that is, as long as the base station determines that the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling conflicts with the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain, conflict processing can be performed on the base station side, and the specific processing method can be based on the protocol agreement.
在一些可选实施例中,终端向基站上报该能力指示信息,且该终端能力指示信息用于指示终端不具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力时,基站可以配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。终端不期待配置所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。In some optional embodiments, when the terminal reports the capability indication information to the base station, and the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not have the ability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain, the base station can configure the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. The terminal does not expect to configure the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain.
相应地,终端可以在第一时域资源上发送上行信息,基站在第一上行时域资源上接收上行信息。Correspondingly, the terminal can send uplink information on the first time domain resource, and the base station receives uplink information on the first uplink time domain resource.
终端还可以在第二时域资源上接收下行信息,基站在第二上行时域资源上发送下行信息。The terminal may also receive downlink information on the second time domain resources, and the base station may send downlink information on the second uplink time domain resources.
在另一个示例中,基站确定在第二指示信息和第三指示信息中均不包含优先级指示域,或者基站确定第二指示信息中不包含优先级指示域,第三指示信息中包含优先级指示域,且该优先级指示域配置为低优先级,或者基站确定第三指示信息中不包含优先级指示域,第二指示信息中包含优先级指示域,且该优先级指示域配置为低优先级,基站可以配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。终端不期待配置所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。In another example, the base station determines that neither the second indication information nor the third indication information includes a priority indication field, or the base station determines that the second indication information does not include a priority indication field, the third indication information includes a priority indication field, and the priority indication field is configured as a low priority, or the base station determines that the third indication information does not include a priority indication field, the second indication information includes a priority indication field, and the priority indication field is configured as a low priority. The base station can configure the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. The terminal does not expect to configure the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain.
相应地,终端可以在第一时域资源上发送上行信息,基站在第一上行时域资源上接收上行信息。Correspondingly, the terminal can send uplink information on the first time domain resource, and the base station receives uplink information on the first uplink time domain resource.
终端还可以在第二时域资源上接收下行信息,基站在第二上行时域资源上发送下行信息。The terminal may also receive downlink information on the second time domain resources, and the base station may send downlink information on the second uplink time domain resources.
在另一个示例中,基站同时发送了第二指示信息和第三指示信息,基站可以配置所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源以及所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源,以使得所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上不存在冲突。终端不期待配置所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。In another example, the base station sends the second indication information and the third indication information at the same time, and the base station can configure the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information and the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information so that there is no conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain. The terminal does not expect to configure the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain.
相应地,终端可以在第一时域资源上发送上行信息,基站在第一上行时域资源上接收上行信息。Correspondingly, the terminal can send uplink information on the first time domain resource, and the base station receives uplink information on the first uplink time domain resource.
终端还可以在第二时域资源上接收下行信息,基站在第二上行时域资源上发送下行信息。The terminal may also receive downlink information on the second time domain resources, and the base station may send downlink information on the second uplink time domain resources.
上述实施例中,可以支持基站在不同的时域资源上为同一个终端调度或指示不同的传输方向,提高了全双工通信的可行性、可靠性。In the above embodiments, the base station can be supported to schedule or indicate different transmission directions for the same terminal on different time domain resources, thereby improving the feasibility and reliability of full-duplex communication.
下面对本公开的上述方法进一步举例说明如下。The above method of the present disclosure is further illustrated below with examples.
本公开中,当半静态调度的下行信息和半静态调度的上行信息在时域上发生冲突时,基站和终端可以处理所述时域上的冲突。In the present disclosure, when downlink information of semi-persistent scheduling conflicts with uplink information of semi-persistent scheduling in the time domain, the base station and the terminal may handle the conflict in the time domain.
终端侧:Terminal side:
全双工终端根据基站提供的指示信息或协议约定的指示信息,处理半静态调度的上行信息和半静态调度的下行信息在时域上冲突的问题。The full-duplex terminal processes the problem of conflict between the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information in the time domain according to the indication information provided by the base station or the indication information agreed upon by the protocol.
方法1,终端丢弃优先级低的信息,并接收或发送优先级高的信息Method 1: The terminal discards low-priority messages and receives or sends high-priority messages
其中,终端可以接收基站发送的第二指示信息和第三指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于半静态调度所述上行信息,第三指示信息用于半静态调度下行信息。The terminal may receive the second indication information and the third indication information sent by the base station, wherein the second indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the uplink information, and the third indication information is used for semi-static scheduling of the downlink information.
当第二指示信息为DCI或RRC消息时,可以采用步骤302的方式确定第一优先级。When the second indication information is a DCI or an RRC message, the first priority may be determined in the manner of step 302.
其中,当第二指示信息为RRC消息时,其中可以包括phy-PriorityIndex指示域,终端基于该指示域指示的优先级确定第一优先级。 When the second indication information is an RRC message, it may include a phy-PriorityIndex indication field, and the terminal determines the first priority based on the priority indicated by the indication field.
当第三指示信息为DCI或RRC消息时,可以采用步骤303的方式确定第二优先级。When the third indication information is a DCI or an RRC message, the second priority may be determined in step 303 .
其中,当第三指示信息为RRC消息时,其中可以包括harq-CodebookID指示域,终端基于该指示域指示的优先级确定第二优先级。When the third indication information is an RRC message, it may include a harq-CodebookID indication field, and the terminal determines the second priority based on the priority indicated by the indication field.
需要注意的是,RRC消息中携带的第二优先级指示信息,例如harq-CodebookID用于指示所述PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,在本专利中认为所述信息域亦代表所述PDSCH的优先级。It should be noted that the second priority indication information carried in the RRC message, such as harq-CodebookID, is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. In this patent, it is considered that the information field also represents the priority of the PDSCH.
方法2,终端基于基站发送的第一指示信息,确定需要丢弃的信息。Method 2: The terminal determines the information to be discarded based on the first indication information sent by the base station.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:丢弃所述上行信息;丢弃所述下行信息;保留所述上行信息;保留所述下行信息;所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;传输方向的优先级;传输方向。In one possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
所述第一指示信息为基站通过RRC消息或者MAC CE消息携带的相关指示信息,指示当半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,终端应当执行的处理。The first indication information is relevant indication information carried by the base station through an RRC message or a MAC CE message, indicating the processing that the terminal should perform when there is a conflict between the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling and the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling in the time domain.
需要说明的是,该实施例中,终端也可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息为DCI时,本公开对于第二指示信息和第三指示信息中是否包含优先级指示域,以及优先级指示域指示的内容不作限定。即第二指示信息中可以包含优先级指示域,也可以不包含优先级指示域。第三指示信息中可以包含优先级指示域,也可以不包含优先级指示域。当第二指示信息和第三指示信息均为DCI且均包括优先级指示域的情况下,两个指示信息中所包含的优先级指示域可以指示相同优先级,或不同优先级,本公开对此均不作限定。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information. When the second indication information and/or the third indication information is DCI, the present disclosure does not limit whether the second indication information and the third indication information contain a priority indication field, and the content indicated by the priority indication field. That is, the second indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field. The third indication information may or may not contain a priority indication field. When the second indication information and the third indication information are both DCI and both include a priority indication field, the priority indication fields contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority, or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
该实施例中,终端也可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,当第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息为RRC消息时,本公开对第二指示信息和第三指示信息所指示的优先级不作限定。当当第二指示信息和第三指示信息均为RRC消息的情况下,两个指示信息中所包含的第一优先级指示信息和第二优先级指示信息可以指示相同优先级,或不同优先级,本公开对此均不作限定。In this embodiment, the terminal may also obtain the second indication information and the third indication information. When the second indication information and/or the third indication information is an RRC message, the present disclosure does not limit the priority indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information. When the second indication information and the third indication information are both RRC messages, the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information contained in the two indication information may indicate the same priority or different priorities, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,并按照上述步骤302至303确定第一优先级和第二优先级。当此时确定第一优先级与第二优先级相等时,终端可以接收基站发送的第一指示信息,从而再次确定第一优先级和第二优先级的高低。以便当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于第一指示信息,确定第一处理方式,继而执行冲突处理。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303. When it is determined that the first priority is equal to the second priority at this time, the terminal may receive the first indication information sent by the base station, thereby determining the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information, and then the conflict processing is performed.
方法3,终端按照预定义规则,处理所述冲突。Method 3: The terminal handles the conflict according to predefined rules.
终端基于协议约定,获取第一指示信息。The terminal obtains the first indication information based on the protocol agreement.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:丢弃所述上行信息;丢弃所述下行信息;保留所述上行信息;保留所述下行信息;所述上行信息的第一优先级高于所述下行信息的第二优先级;所述第一优先级低于所述第二优先级;优先级列表;其中,所述优先级列表至少用于指示所述第一优先级和所述第二优先级;所述第一优先级与所述上行信息的第一周期时长相关联,以及所述第二优先级与所述下行信息的第二周期时长相关联;所述第一周期时长以及所述第二周期时长;传输方向的优先级;传输方向。In one possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: discarding the uplink information; discarding the downlink information; retaining the uplink information; retaining the downlink information; the first priority of the uplink information is higher than the second priority of the downlink information; the first priority is lower than the second priority; a priority list; wherein the priority list is at least used to indicate the first priority and the second priority; the first priority is associated with the first cycle duration of the uplink information, and the second priority is associated with the second cycle duration of the downlink information; the first cycle duration and the second cycle duration; priority of the transmission direction; transmission direction.
在本公开实施例中,终端可以获取第二指示信息和第三指示信息,并按照上述步骤302至303确定第一优先级和第二优先级。当此时确定第一优先级与第二优先级相等时,终端可以基于协议约定,获取第一指示信息,从而再次确定第一优先级和第二优先级的高低。以便当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,基于协议约定的第一指示信息,确定第一处理方式,继而执行冲突处理。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal may obtain the second indication information and the third indication information, and determine the first priority and the second priority according to the above steps 302 to 303. When it is determined that the first priority is equal to the second priority at this time, the terminal may obtain the first indication information based on the protocol agreement, so as to determine the first priority and the second priority again. So that when the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, the first processing method is determined based on the first indication information agreed upon in the protocol, and then the conflict processing is performed.
方法4,终端上报终端能力指示信息。Method 4: The terminal reports terminal capability indication information.
其中,所述终端能力指示信息可以用于指示所述终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力。The terminal capability indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端能力指示信息用于指示终端具备该能力时,终端能力指示信息还可以用于终端处理半静态调度的上行信息的第一能力,和/或终端处理半静态调度的下行信息的第二能力。In one possible implementation, when the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, the terminal capability indication information can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled uplink information, and/or the second capability of the terminal to process semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
在本公开实施例中,如果终端能力指示信息指示终端不具备上述能力,则终端不期待所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突。进一步地,终端可以在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收下行信息。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal does not have the above capability, the terminal does not expect the uplink information to conflict with the downlink information in the time domain. Further, the terminal can send the uplink information on the first time domain resource occupied by the uplink information, and receive the downlink information on the second time domain resource occupied by the downlink information.
具体实现方式与上述实施例中优先级相同的情况下,不期待所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突,以及在所述上行信息所占用的第一时域资源上发送上行信息,以及在所述下行信息所占用的第二时域资源上接收下行信息的过程类似,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation method is similar to that in the above-mentioned embodiment in that when the priority is the same, it is not expected that the uplink information and the downlink information conflict in the time domain, and the process of sending the uplink information on the first time domain resources occupied by the uplink information and receiving the downlink information on the second time domain resources occupied by the downlink information is similar and will not be repeated here.
在本公开实施例中,如果终端能力指示信息指示终端具备上述能力,则终端可以继续执行上述图3A、图3B、图4A、图4B所对应的任一信息处理方法。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the terminal capability indication information indicates that the terminal has the above capabilities, the terminal may continue to execute any information processing method corresponding to the above FIG. 3A , FIG. 3B , FIG. 4A , and FIG. 4B .
在一个示例中,当终端能力指示信息还用于指示终端处理半静态调度的上行信息的第一能力,和/或终端处理半静态调度的下行信息的第二能力时,基站侧可以考虑终端的具体处理能力,为终端半静态调度上行信 息和/或下行信息。In one example, when the terminal capability indication information is also used to indicate the first capability of the terminal to process the uplink information of the semi-static scheduling, and/or the second capability of the terminal to process the downlink information of the semi-static scheduling, the base station side may consider the specific processing capability of the terminal and semi-statically schedule the uplink information of the terminal. information and/or downlink information.
示例性地,基站可以发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端基于终端能力执行冲突处理,当第一能力优于第二能力时,终端丢弃下行信息。当第二能力优先第一能力时,终端丢弃上行信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information, and when the second capability is superior to the first capability, the terminal discards the uplink information.
本公开中的第一子带(subband)可以为下行符号上配置的UL subband,或者上行符号上配置的DL subband,或者灵活符号上配置的UL subband或DL subband。The first subband in the present disclosure may be a UL subband configured on a downlink symbol, or a DL subband configured on an uplink symbol, or a UL subband or DL subband configured on a flexible symbol.
对于基站侧:For the base station side:
全双工基站可以采用但不限于以下方法处理半静态调度的上行信息和半静态调度的下行信息在时域上的冲突。The full-duplex base station may use, but is not limited to, the following methods to handle the conflict between the semi-persistently scheduled uplink information and the semi-persistently scheduled downlink information in the time domain.
方法1,基站丢弃优先级低的信息,并接收或发送高优先级的信息。Method 1: The base station discards low-priority information and receives or sends high-priority information.
具体方法如终端侧所述,在此不再赘述The specific method is as described on the terminal side and will not be repeated here.
方法2,基站向终端发送第一指示信息,确定需要丢弃的信息。Method 2: The base station sends first indication information to the terminal to determine the information to be discarded.
具体方法如终端侧所述,在此不再赘述The specific method is as described on the terminal side and will not be repeated here.
方法3,基站按照预定义规则,处理所述冲突。Method 3: The base station handles the conflict according to a predefined rule.
具体方法如终端侧所述,在此不再赘述The specific method is as described on the terminal side and will not be repeated here.
方法4,基站根据终端上报的终端能力指示信息,处理所述冲突。Method 4: The base station handles the conflict according to the terminal capability indication information reported by the terminal.
具体方法如终端侧所述,在此不再赘述。The specific method is as described on the terminal side and will not be repeated here.
实施例1,假设终端为具有全双工能力的终端,也即所述终端可在DL或者flexible符号上的UL subband内传输上行,或者,在UL或者flexible符号上的DL subband内接收下行。假设基站为全双工基站,也即基站可在相同时刻同时执行发送和接收。In Example 1, it is assumed that the terminal is a terminal with full-duplex capability, that is, the terminal can transmit uplink in the UL subband on the DL or flexible symbol, or receive downlink in the DL subband on the UL or flexible symbol. It is assumed that the base station is a full-duplex base station, that is, the base station can perform transmission and reception at the same time.
在本实施例中,以DL symbol上的UL subband为例进行说明。当然,本实施例中所述方法可以用于其他全双工场景。In this embodiment, the UL subband on the DL symbol is used as an example for description. Of course, the method described in this embodiment can be used in other full-duplex scenarios.
在本实施例中,假设基站在第一时间单元上同时调度所述终端接收下行信道(或下行信号)以及调度所述终端发送上行信道(或上行信号)。第一时间单元上的子带配置可以例如图11所示。In this embodiment, it is assumed that the base station schedules the terminal to receive a downlink channel (or downlink signal) and to send an uplink channel (or uplink signal) at the same time in the first time unit. The subband configuration in the first time unit may be, for example, as shown in FIG. 11 .
在本实施例中,假设终端通过第一DCI调度所述终端在DL subband内接收下行PDSCH,并通过第二DCI调度所述终端在UL subband内发送PUSCH。所述PDSCH和PUSCH在时域上存在重叠。进一步的,所述重叠为所述PDSCH和PUSCH在部分正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)symbol上存在重叠,例如图12A所示。或者在在所有的OFDM symbol上完全重叠,例如图12B所示。或者所述PDSCH和PUSCH在相同的第一时间单元内传输但是并不存在时域资源重叠,例如图12C所示。In this embodiment, it is assumed that the terminal receives a downlink PDSCH in the DL subband through a first DCI scheduling, and sends a PUSCH in the UL subband through a second DCI scheduling. The PDSCH and PUSCH overlap in the time domain. Further, the overlap is that the PDSCH and PUSCH overlap on a partial orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM) symbol, as shown in FIG. 12A . Or they completely overlap on all OFDM symbols, as shown in FIG. 12B . Or the PDSCH and PUSCH are transmitted in the same first time unit but there is no overlap in time domain resources, as shown in FIG. 12C .
作为一个具体的例子,在本实施例中,当基站在同一个第一时间单元上同时配置了CG PUSCH、SPS PDSCH,终端和基站根据第二指示信息和第三指示信息,确定第一优先级和第二优先级,继而确定如何处理所述冲突。As a specific example, in this embodiment, when the base station configures CG PUSCH and SPS PDSCH simultaneously on the same first time unit, the terminal and the base station determine the first priority and the second priority based on the second indication information and the third indication information, and then determine how to handle the conflict.
基于第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息中包含的以下内容确定上下行信息的优先级:The priority of the uplink and downlink information is determined based on the following contents included in the second indication information and/or the third indication information:
-DCI中携带的priority indicator指示域;-priority indicator field carried in DCI;
-RRC消息中携带的与SPS PDSCH或者SPS PDSCH释放(release)对应的harq-CodebookID;-harq-CodebookID corresponding to SPS PDSCH or SPS PDSCH release carried in the RRC message;
-RRC消息中携带的CG PUSCH信息中包含的phy-PriorityIndex。-phy-PriorityIndex contained in the CG PUSCH information carried in the RRC message.
对应的比特值为0表示低优先级,对应的比特值为1表示高优先级。A corresponding bit value of 0 indicates low priority, and a corresponding bit value of 1 indicates high priority.
激活SPS PDSCH的DCI或者去激活SPS PDSCH的DCI中携带的priority indicator用于指示所述PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,在本专利中认为所述信息域亦代表所述PDSCH的优先级。The priority indicator carried in the DCI for activating SPS PDSCH or the DCI for deactivating SPS PDSCH is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. In this patent, it is considered that the information field also represents the priority of the PDSCH.
在本实施例中,假设SPS PDSCH的优先级与其HARQ-ACK的优先级相同。In this embodiment, it is assumed that the priority of SPS PDSCH is the same as the priority of its HARQ-ACK.
在本实施例中,终端丢弃优先级较低的信息,并接收或发送高优先级的信道息。In this embodiment, the terminal discards information with a lower priority and receives or sends channel information with a higher priority.
具体的,假设SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈的优先级较高,而PUSCH的优先级较低,则终端丢弃PUSCH而接收所述SPS PDSCH,基站正常发送所述SPS PDSCH且不再接收PUSCH。Specifically, assuming that the priority of the HARQ-ACK feedback of the SPS PDSCH is higher and the priority of the PUSCH is lower, the terminal discards the PUSCH and receives the SPS PDSCH, and the base station sends the SPS PDSCH normally and no longer receives the PUSCH.
再例如,假设SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈的优先级较低,而PUSCH的优先级较高,则终端丢弃PDSCH而发送所述PUSCH,基站正常接收PUSCH且不再发送所述SPS PDSCH。For another example, assuming that the priority of the HARQ-ACK feedback of the SPS PDSCH is lower and the priority of the PUSCH is higher, the terminal discards the PDSCH and sends the PUSCH, and the base station receives the PUSCH normally and no longer sends the SPS PDSCH.
进一步地,所述终端可上报终端能力指示信息,也即所述终端是否具备解决所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上冲突的能力。Furthermore, the terminal may report terminal capability indication information, that is, whether the terminal has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
当所述终端具备该能力时,则终端根据前述方法处理所述冲突。当所述终端不具备该能力时,则终端不期待半静态下行传输和半静态上行传输在时域上冲突。When the terminal has the capability, the terminal processes the conflict according to the above method. When the terminal does not have the capability, the terminal does not expect the semi-static downlink transmission and the semi-static uplink transmission to conflict in the time domain.
实施例1,假设终端为具有全双工能力的终端,也即所述终端可在DL或者flexible符号上的UL subband内传输上行,或者,在UL或者flexible符号上的DL subband内接收下行。假设基站为全双工基站,也即基站可在相同时刻同时执行发送和接收。In Example 1, it is assumed that the terminal is a terminal with full-duplex capability, that is, the terminal can transmit uplink in the UL subband on the DL or flexible symbol, or receive downlink in the DL subband on the UL or flexible symbol. It is assumed that the base station is a full-duplex base station, that is, the base station can perform transmission and reception at the same time.
在本实施例中,以DL symbol上的UL subband为例进行说明。当然,本实施例中所述方法可以用于其他全双工场景。 In this embodiment, the UL subband on the DL symbol is taken as an example for description. Of course, the method described in this embodiment can be used in other full-duplex scenarios.
在本实施例中,假设基站在第一时间单元上同时调度所述终端接收下行信道(或下行信号)以及调度所述终端发送上行信道(或上行信号)。第一时间单元上的子带配置可以例如图11所示。In this embodiment, it is assumed that the base station schedules the terminal to receive a downlink channel (or downlink signal) and to send an uplink channel (or uplink signal) at the same time in the first time unit. The subband configuration in the first time unit may be, for example, as shown in FIG. 11 .
在本实施例中,假设终端通过第一DCI调度所述终端在DL subband内接收下行PDSCH,并通过第二DCI调度所述终端在UL subband内发送PUSCH。所述PDSCH和PUSCH在时域上存在重叠。进一步的,所述重叠为所述PDSCH和PUSCH在部分正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)symbol上存在重叠,例如图12A所示。或者在在所有的OFDM symbol上完全重叠,例如图12B所示。或者所述PDSCH和PUSCH在相同的第一时间单元内传输但是并不存在时域资源重叠,例如图12C所示。In this embodiment, it is assumed that the terminal receives a downlink PDSCH in the DL subband through a first DCI scheduling, and sends a PUSCH in the UL subband through a second DCI scheduling. The PDSCH and PUSCH overlap in the time domain. Further, the overlap is that the PDSCH and PUSCH overlap on a partial orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM) symbol, as shown in FIG. 12A . Or they completely overlap on all OFDM symbols, as shown in FIG. 12B . Or the PDSCH and PUSCH are transmitted in the same first time unit but there is no overlap in time domain resources, as shown in FIG. 12C .
作为一个具体的例子,在本实施例中,本专利对于所述PDSCH和PUSCH在时域上的重叠状况不做任何限定。As a specific example, in this embodiment, this patent does not impose any limitation on the overlapping condition of the PDSCH and PUSCH in the time domain.
在本实施例中,当基站在同一个第一时间单元上同时配置了CG PUSCH、SPS PDSCH,终端和基站根据基站发送的第一指示信息,确定如何处理所述冲突。In this embodiment, when the base station configures CG PUSCH and SPS PDSCH simultaneously on the same first time unit, the terminal and the base station determine how to handle the conflict based on the first indication information sent by the base station.
在本实施例中,基站通过RRC消息或者MAC CE消息携带第一指示信息,通知终端当半静态调度的上行信息和半静态调度的下行信息在时域上发生冲突时应当采用的处理方法。In this embodiment, the base station carries the first indication information through an RRC message or a MAC CE message to notify the terminal of the processing method to be adopted when the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information conflict in the time domain.
第一指示信息可以包括的内容已经在上述实施例中进行了介绍,此处不再赘述。The content that the first indication information may include has been introduced in the above embodiments and will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,假设第一指示信息占用1比特,通过RRC消息或者MAC CE消息进行承载,本实施例不做任何限定。假设基站通过所述1比特的第一指示信息指示终端当冲突发生时,其需要丢弃的传输方向。具体的指示信令如下表1所示。In this embodiment, it is assumed that the first indication information occupies 1 bit and is carried by an RRC message or a MAC CE message, and this embodiment does not impose any limitation. It is assumed that the base station indicates the transmission direction that the terminal needs to discard when a conflict occurs through the 1-bit first indication information. The specific indication signaling is shown in Table 1 below.
表1
Table 1
假设基站发送的第一指示信息的比特位的比特值为0,则意味着一旦前述时域冲突的情况出现,终端丢弃上行发送,在本实施例中也即丢弃CG PUSCH。Assuming that the bit value of the bit of the first indication information sent by the base station is 0, it means that once the aforementioned time domain conflict occurs, the terminal abandons the uplink transmission, that is, abandons the CG PUSCH in this embodiment.
所述终端根据DCI的调度检测接收SPS PDSCH。基站侧亦不期待接收所述PUSCH,但是正常发送所述SPS PDSCH。The terminal receives the SPS PDSCH according to the scheduling detection of the DCI. The base station side also does not expect to receive the PUSCH, but sends the SPS PDSCH normally.
假设基站发送的第一指示信息的比特位的比特值为1,则意味着一旦前述时域冲突的情况出现,终端取消下行接收,在本实施例中也即丢弃SPS PDSCH。所述终端根据DCI的调度发送PUSCH。基站侧亦不发送所述SPS PDSCH,但是正常接收所述PUSCH。Assuming that the bit value of the first indication information sent by the base station is 1, it means that once the aforementioned time domain conflict occurs, the terminal cancels the downlink reception, that is, the SPS PDSCH is discarded in this embodiment. The terminal sends the PUSCH according to the scheduling of the DCI. The base station side also does not send the SPS PDSCH, but receives the PUSCH normally.
根据本实施例中方法,对于DCI中是否包括priority indicator指示域不做任何限定,也对priority indicator指示域指示相同的优先级,或者指示不同的优先级不作限定。According to the method in this embodiment, there is no limitation on whether the DCI includes a priority indicator field, and there is no limitation on whether the priority indicator field indicates the same priority or different priorities.
根据本实施例中方法,对于RRC消息中的第一优先级指示信息和第二优先级指示信息指示的内容不作限定。According to the method in this embodiment, the contents indicated by the first priority indication information and the second priority indication information in the RRC message are not limited.
丢弃的含义为终端不期待基站发送下行信道或者终端不发送上行信道,基站不发送下行信道或者基站不期待终端发送上行信道。The meaning of discarding is that the terminal does not expect the base station to send a downlink channel or the terminal does not send an uplink channel, the base station does not send a downlink channel or the base station does not expect the terminal to send an uplink channel.
优先级指示域可以为Priority indicator指示域,比特值为0表示低优先级,比特值为1表示高优先级。The priority indication field can be a Priority indicator indication field, a bit value of 0 indicates low priority, and a bit value of 1 indicates high priority.
priority indicator指示域用于指示所述PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的优先级,在本专利中认为指示域信息域亦代表上行信道或下行信道的优先级。The priority indicator field is used to indicate the priority of the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH. In this patent, it is considered that the indicator field information field also represents the priority of the uplink channel or the downlink channel.
进一步地,所述终端可上报终端能力信息,也即是否具备解决所述上行信道与所述下行信道在时域上冲突的能力。当所述终端该能力时,则终端根据前述方法处理所述冲突。当所述终端不具备该能力时,则终端不期待上行信道与所述下行信道在时域上冲突。Further, the terminal may report terminal capability information, that is, whether it has the capability to resolve the conflict between the uplink channel and the downlink channel in the time domain. When the terminal has the capability, the terminal handles the conflict according to the above method. When the terminal does not have the capability, the terminal does not expect the uplink channel to conflict with the downlink channel in the time domain.
后续实现方式与上述实施例1类似,在此不再赘述。The subsequent implementation is similar to the above-mentioned embodiment 1 and will not be described again here.
实施例3,如实施例1-实施例2所述,基站为终端配置的半静态上行传输和半静态下行传输在第一时间单元内发生了冲突。Embodiment 3, as described in Embodiment 1-Embodiment 2, the semi-static uplink transmission and the semi-static downlink transmission configured by the base station for the terminal conflict within the first time unit.
在本实施例中,终端和基站根据预定义的规则,处理所述冲突。所述预定义的规则,包括但是不限于如下规则:In this embodiment, the terminal and the base station handle the conflict according to predefined rules. The predefined rules include but are not limited to the following rules:
规则1,根据优先级列表确定需要drop的信道或者信号。Rule 1: Determine the channel or signal that needs to be dropped based on the priority list.
例如,通过协议预定义或者基站配置的方式,确定优先级列表。当上下行信道发生冲突时,终端和基站根据所述优先级列表,丢弃优先级较低的信号或者信道。For example, the priority list is determined by protocol pre-definition or base station configuration. When a conflict occurs between uplink and downlink channels, the terminal and the base station discard signals or channels with lower priorities according to the priority list.
规则2,根据信道或者信号的传输周期确定需要丢弃的信道或者信号Rule 2: Determine the channel or signal to be discarded based on the transmission period of the channel or signal
示例性地,周期较小的信号或者信道,其优先级较低,当与周期较大的信号或者信道发生冲突时,丢弃掉所述周期较小的信号或者信道。Exemplarily, a signal or channel with a smaller period has a lower priority, and when a conflict occurs with a signal or channel with a larger period, the signal or channel with the smaller period is discarded.
规则3,根据传输方向确定丢弃的信号或者信道Rule 3: Determine the discarded signal or channel based on the transmission direction
例如,第一指示信息指示上行传输具有更高的优先级,则当上行传输与下行传输发生了时域上的冲突时, 需要丢弃掉下行传输。For example, the first indication information indicates that the uplink transmission has a higher priority. Then, when a time domain conflict occurs between the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission, The downlink transmission needs to be discarded.
进一步地,此方法应用于当所述半静态调度的上行信息和半静态调度的下行信息具有相同优先级的情况下能够取得更优的效果。Furthermore, this method can achieve better results when the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information have the same priority.
进一步地,所述终端可上报相应的终端能力指示信息,具体方式参照实施例1,在此不再赘述。Furthermore, the terminal may report corresponding terminal capability indication information. The specific method is as described in Example 1 and will not be described in detail here.
实施例4,如实施例1或实施例2所述,基站为终端半静态调度的上行信息和半静态调度的下行信息在第一时间单元内发生了冲突。Embodiment 4, as described in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, uplink information semi-statically scheduled by the base station for the terminal and downlink information semi-statically scheduled conflict within the first time unit.
在本实施例中,终端上报终端能力指示信息。终端能力指示信息用于指示终端具备该能力时,终端能力指示信息还可以用于终端处理半静态调度的上行信息的第一能力,和/或终端处理半静态调度的下行信息的第二能力。In this embodiment, the terminal reports the terminal capability indication information. When the terminal capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal has the capability, the terminal capability indication information can also be used for the first capability of the terminal to process uplink information of semi-static scheduling and/or the second capability of the terminal to process downlink information of semi-static scheduling.
示例性地,基站可以发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端基于终端能力执行冲突处理,当第一能力优于第二能力时,终端丢弃下行信息。当第二能力优先第一能力时,终端丢弃上行信息。Exemplarily, the base station may send first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the terminal to perform conflict handling based on the terminal capability, and when the first capability is superior to the second capability, the terminal discards the downlink information, and when the second capability is superior to the first capability, the terminal discards the uplink information.
示例性地,基站可以发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示传输方向,该传输方向基于终端能力确定。例如,终端第一能力更优,第一指示信息指示的传输方向为上行传输。再例如,终端第二能力更优,第一指示信息指示的传输方向为下行传输。Exemplarily, the base station may send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a transmission direction, which is determined based on the terminal capability. For example, if the first capability of the terminal is better, the transmission direction indicated by the first indication information is uplink transmission. For another example, if the second capability of the terminal is better, the transmission direction indicated by the first indication information is downlink transmission.
终端和基站根据所述终端能力指示信息,处理所述半静态上行和半静态下行的冲突。The terminal and the base station process the conflict between the semi-static uplink and the semi-static downlink according to the terminal capability indication information.
具体实现方式在此不再赘述。The specific implementation method will not be described in detail here.
与前述应用功能实现方法实施例相对应,本公开还提供了应用功能实现装置的实施例。Corresponding to the aforementioned application function implementation method embodiment, the present disclosure also provides an application function implementation device embodiment.
参照图13,图13是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种用户侧装置框图,所述装置包括:Referring to FIG. 13 , FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a user-side device according to an exemplary embodiment, wherein the device includes:
获取模块1301,被配置为获取指示信息;其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端对半静态调度的上行信息与半静态调度的下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。The acquisition module 1301 is configured to acquire indication information, wherein the indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information.
参照图14,图14是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种网络侧装置框图,所述装置包括:Referring to FIG. 14 , FIG. 14 is a block diagram of a network side device according to an exemplary embodiment, wherein the device includes:
发送模块1401,被配置为向所述终端发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示当所述上行信息与所述下行信息在时域上存在冲突时,所述终端对半静态调度的所述上行信息与半静态调度的所述下行信息中的至少一项所需要执行的处理。The sending module 1401 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the processing that the terminal needs to perform on at least one of the semi-statically scheduled uplink information and the semi-statically scheduled downlink information when there is a conflict between the uplink information and the downlink information in the time domain.
对于装置实施例而言,由于其基本对应于方法实施例,所以相关之处参见方法实施例的部分说明即可。以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,其中上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本公开方案的目的。本领域普通技术人员在不付出创造性劳动的情况下,即可以理解并实施。For the device embodiments, since they basically correspond to the method embodiments, the relevant parts can refer to the partial description of the method embodiments. The device embodiments described above are only schematic, wherein the units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the disclosed solution. A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement it without paying any creative work.
相应地,本公开还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于执行上述用于任一所述的信息处理方法。Accordingly, the present disclosure also provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to execute any of the above-mentioned information processing methods.
相应地,本公开还提供了一种用户设备,包括:Accordingly, the present disclosure also provides a user equipment, including:
处理器;processor;
用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;a memory for storing processor-executable instructions;
其中,所述处理器被配置为用于执行上述终端侧任一所述的信息处理方法。The processor is configured to execute any of the information processing methods described above on the terminal side.
图15是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种用户设备1500的框图。例如设备1500可以是手机、平板电脑、电子书阅读器、多媒体播放设备、可穿戴设备、车载用户设备、ipad、智能电视等终端。Fig. 15 is a block diagram of a user device 1500 according to an exemplary embodiment. For example, the device 1500 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, an e-book reader, a multimedia player, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted user device, an iPad, a smart TV, or other terminals.
参照图15,设备1500可以包括以下一个或多个组件:处理组件1502,存储器1504,电源组件1506,多媒体组件1508,音频组件1510,输入/输出(I/O)接口1512,传感器组件1516,以及通信组件1518。15 , device 1500 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 1502 , a memory 1504 , a power component 1506 , a multimedia component 1508 , an audio component 1510 , an input/output (I/O) interface 1512 , a sensor component 1516 , and a communication component 1518 .
处理组件1502通常控制设备1500的整体操作,诸如与显示,电话呼叫,数据随机接入,相机操作和记录操作相关联的操作。处理组件1502可以包括一个或多个处理器1520来执行指令,以完成上述的信息处理方法的全部或部分步骤。此外,处理组件1502可以包括一个或多个模块,便于处理组件1502和其他组件之间的交互。例如,处理组件1502可以包括多媒体模块,以方便多媒体组件1508和处理组件1502之间的交互。又如,处理组件1502可以从存储器读取可执行指令,以实现上述各实施例提供的一种信息处理方法的步骤。The processing component 1502 generally controls the overall operation of the device 1500, such as operations associated with display, phone calls, random access to data, camera operations, and recording operations. The processing component 1502 may include one or more processors 1520 to execute instructions to complete all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned information processing method. In addition, the processing component 1502 may include one or more modules to facilitate the interaction between the processing component 1502 and other components. For example, the processing component 1502 may include a multimedia module to facilitate the interaction between the multimedia component 1508 and the processing component 1502. For another example, the processing component 1502 can read executable instructions from the memory to implement the steps of an information processing method provided in the above-mentioned embodiments.
存储器1504被配置为存储各种类型的数据以支持在设备1500的操作。这些数据的示例包括用于在设备1500上操作的任何应用程序或方法的指令,联系人数据,电话簿数据,消息,图片,视频等。存储器1504可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,如静态随机存取存储器(SRAM),电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM),可编程只读存储器(PROM),只读存储器(ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,磁盘或光盘。The memory 1504 is configured to store various types of data to support operations on the device 1500. Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the device 1500, contact data, phone book data, messages, pictures, videos, etc. The memory 1504 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic memory, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.
电源组件1506为设备1500的各种组件提供电力。电源组件1506可以包括电源管理系统,一个或多个电源,及其他与为设备1500生成、管理和分配电力相关联的组件。The power supply component 1506 provides power to the various components of the device 1500. The power supply component 1506 can include a power management system, one or more power supplies, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power for the device 1500.
多媒体组件1508包括在所述设备1500和用户之间的提供一个输出接口的显示屏。在一些实施例中,多 媒体组件1508包括一个前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头。当设备1500处于操作模式,如拍摄模式或视频模式时,前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头可以接收外部的多媒体数据。每个前置摄像头和后置摄像头可以是一个固定的光学透镜系统或具有焦距和光学变焦能力。The multimedia component 1508 includes a display screen that provides an output interface between the device 1500 and a user. The media component 1508 includes a front camera and/or a rear camera. When the device 1500 is in an operation mode, such as a shooting mode or a video mode, the front camera and/or the rear camera can receive external multimedia data. Each front camera and the rear camera can be a fixed optical lens system or have a focal length and optical zoom capability.
音频组件1510被配置为输出和/或输入音频信号。例如,音频组件1510包括一个麦克风(MIC),当设备1500处于操作模式,如呼叫模式、记录模式和语音识别模式时,麦克风被配置为接收外部音频信号。所接收的音频信号可以被进一步存储在存储器1504或经由通信组件1518发送。在一些实施例中,音频组件1510还包括一个扬声器,用于输出音频信号。The audio component 1510 is configured to output and/or input audio signals. For example, the audio component 1510 includes a microphone (MIC), and when the device 1500 is in an operating mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a speech recognition mode, the microphone is configured to receive an external audio signal. The received audio signal can be further stored in the memory 1504 or sent via the communication component 1518. In some embodiments, the audio component 1510 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.
I/O接口1512为处理组件1502和外围接口模块之间提供接口,上述外围接口模块可以是键盘,点击轮,按钮等。这些按钮可包括但不限于:主页按钮、音量按钮、启动按钮和锁定按钮。I/O interface 1512 provides an interface between processing component 1502 and peripheral interface modules, such as keyboards, click wheels, buttons, etc. These buttons may include but are not limited to: home button, volume button, start button, and lock button.
传感器组件1516包括一个或多个传感器,用于为设备1500提供各个方面的状态评估。例如,传感器组件1516可以检测到设备1500的打开/关闭状态,组件的相对定位,例如所述组件为设备1500的显示器和小键盘,传感器组件1516还可以检测设备1500或设备1500一个组件的位置改变,用户与设备1500接触的存在或不存在,设备1500方位或加速/减速和设备1500的温度变化。传感器组件1516可以包括接近传感器,被配置用来在没有任何的物理接触时检测附近物体的存在。传感器组件1516还可以包括光传感器,如CMOS或CCD图像传感器,用于在成像应用中使用。在一些实施例中,该传感器组件1516还可以包括加速度传感器,陀螺仪传感器,磁传感器,压力传感器或温度传感器。The sensor assembly 1516 includes one or more sensors for providing various aspects of status assessment for the device 1500. For example, the sensor assembly 1516 can detect the open/closed state of the device 1500, the relative positioning of components, such as the display and keypad of the device 1500, and the sensor assembly 1516 can also detect the position change of the device 1500 or a component of the device 1500, the presence or absence of user contact with the device 1500, the orientation or acceleration/deceleration of the device 1500, and the temperature change of the device 1500. The sensor assembly 1516 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of a nearby object without any physical contact. The sensor assembly 1516 may also include an optical sensor, such as a CMOS or CCD image sensor, for use in imaging applications. In some embodiments, the sensor assembly 1516 may also include an accelerometer, a gyroscope sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor, or a temperature sensor.
通信组件1518被配置为便于设备1500和其他设备之间有线或无线方式的通信。设备1500可以接入基于通信标准的无线网络,如Wi-Fi,2G,3G,4G,5G或6G,或它们的组合。在一个示例性实施例中,通信组件1518经由广播信道接收来自外部广播管理系统的广播信号或广播相关信息。在一个示例性实施例中,所述通信组件1518还包括近场通信(NFC)模块,以促进短程通信。例如,在NFC模块可基于射频识别(RFID)技术,红外数据协会(IrDA)技术,超宽带(UWB)技术,蓝牙(BT)技术和其他技术来实现。The communication component 1518 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communication between the device 1500 and other devices. The device 1500 can access a wireless network based on a communication standard, such as Wi-Fi, 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G or 6G, or a combination thereof. In an exemplary embodiment, the communication component 1518 receives a broadcast signal or broadcast-related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel. In an exemplary embodiment, the communication component 1518 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication. For example, the NFC module can be implemented based on radio frequency identification (RFID) technology, infrared data association (IrDA) technology, ultra-wideband (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.
在示例性实施例中,设备1500可以被一个或多个应用专用集成电路(ASIC)、数字信号处理器(DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSPD)、可编程逻辑器件(PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、控制器、微控制器、微处理器或其他电子元件实现,用于执行上述终端侧任一所述的信息处理方法。In an exemplary embodiment, device 1500 can be implemented by one or more application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors or other electronic components to execute any of the information processing methods described above on the terminal side.
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种包括指令的非临时性机器可读存储介质,例如包括指令的存储器1504,上述指令可由设备1500的处理器1520执行以完成上述信息处理方法。例如,所述非临时性计算机可读存储介质可以是ROM、随机存取存储器(RAM)、CD-ROM、磁带、软盘和光数据存储设备等。In an exemplary embodiment, a non-transitory machine-readable storage medium including instructions is also provided, such as a memory 1504 including instructions, and the instructions can be executed by the processor 1520 of the device 1500 to perform the above information processing method. For example, the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can be a ROM, a random access memory (RAM), a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, an optical data storage device, etc.
相应地,本公开还提供了一种网络侧设备,包括:Accordingly, the present disclosure also provides a network side device, including:
处理器;processor;
用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;a memory for storing processor-executable instructions;
其中,所述处理器被配置为用于执行上述基站侧任一所述的信息处理方法。The processor is configured to execute any of the information processing methods described above on the base station side.
如图16所示,图16是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种网络侧设备1600的一结构示意图。网络侧设备1600可以被提供为基站。参照图16,设备1600包括处理组件1622、无线发射/接收组件1624、天线组件1626、以及无线接口特有的信号处理部分,处理组件1622可进一步包括至少一个处理器。As shown in FIG16 , FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a network side device 1600 according to an exemplary embodiment. The network side device 1600 may be provided as a base station. Referring to FIG16 , the device 1600 includes a processing component 1622, a wireless transmission/reception component 1624, an antenna component 1626, and a signal processing part specific to a wireless interface, and the processing component 1622 may further include at least one processor.
处理组件1622中的其中一个处理器可以被配置为用于执行上述任一所述的信息处理方法。One of the processors in the processing component 1622 may be configured to execute any of the above-mentioned information processing methods.
本公开的实施方式或实施例并非穷举,仅为部分实施方式或实施例的示意,不作为对本公开保护范围的具体限制。在不矛盾的情况下,某一实施方式或实施例中的每个步骤均可以作为独立实施例来实施,且各步骤之间可以任意组合,例如,在某一实施方式或实施例中去除部分步骤后的方案也可以作为独立实施例来实施,且在某一实施方式或实施例中各步骤的顺序可以任意交换,另外,某一实施方式或实施例中的可选方式或可选例可以任意组合;此外,各实施方式或实施例之间可以任意组合,例如,不同实施方式或实施例的部分或全部步骤可以任意组合,某一实施方式或实施例可以与其他实施方式或实施例的可选方式或可选例任意组合。The embodiments or examples of the present disclosure are not exhaustive, but are only illustrative of some embodiments or examples, and are not intended to be specific limitations on the scope of protection of the present disclosure. In the absence of contradiction, each step in a certain embodiment or example can be implemented as an independent example, and the steps can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the scheme after removing some steps in a certain embodiment or example can also be implemented as an independent example, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment or example can be arbitrarily exchanged. In addition, the optional methods or optional examples in a certain embodiment or example can be combined arbitrarily; in addition, the various embodiments or examples can be combined arbitrarily, for example, some or all steps of different embodiments or examples can be combined arbitrarily, and a certain embodiment or example can be arbitrarily combined with the optional methods or optional examples of other embodiments or examples.
在一些实施方式或实施例中,本公开中的“响应于……”、“在……的情况下”、“在……时”、“当……时”、“若……”、“如果……”等可以被相互替换。In some implementation schemes or examples, "in response to ...", "in the case of ...", "at the time of ...", "when ...", "if ...", "if ...", etc. in the present disclosure may be replaced with each other.
在一些实施方式或实施例中,本公开的“A或B”、“A和/或B”、“A和B的至少一个”、“在一情况下A,在另一情况下B”、“响应于一情况A,响应于另一情况B”等记载方式,根据情况可以包括以下至少一个技术方案:与B无关地执行A,即,在一些实施方式或实施例中A;与A无关地执行B,即,在一些实施方式或实施例中B;A、B选择性执行,即,在一些实施方式或实施例中从A与B中选择执行;A、B都执行,即,在一些实施方式或实施例中A和B。In some embodiments or examples, the description methods of the present disclosure, such as "A or B", "A and/or B", "at least one of A and B", "A in one case, B in another case", "in response to one case A, in response to another case B", etc., may include at least one of the following technical solutions according to the situation: executing A independently of B, that is, A in some embodiments or examples; executing B independently of A, that is, B in some embodiments or examples; selectively executing A and B, that is, selecting to execute from A and B in some embodiments or examples; executing both A and B, that is, A and B in some embodiments or examples.
在一些实施方式或实施例中,本公开中的“包括A”、“包含A”、“用于指示A”“携带A”,可以解释为直接携带A,也可以解释为间接指示A。In some embodiments or examples, “including A”, “comprising A”, “used to indicate A” and “carrying A” in the present disclosure may be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.
此外,本公开所涉及的表格中的每一元素、每一行、或每一列均可以作为独立实施例来实施,任意元素、任意行、任意列的组合也可以作为独立实施例来实施。 In addition, each element, each row, or each column in the table involved in the present disclosure can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns can also be implemented as an independent embodiment.
本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本公开的其它实施方案。本公开旨在涵盖本公开的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本公开的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或者惯用技术手段。说明书和实施例仅被视为示例性的,本公开的真正范围和精神由下面的权利要求指出。Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate other embodiments of the present disclosure after considering the specification and practicing the invention disclosed herein. The present disclosure is intended to cover any variations, uses or adaptations of the present disclosure that follow the general principles of the present disclosure and include common knowledge or customary techniques in the art that are not disclosed in the present disclosure. The description and examples are to be considered exemplary only, and the true scope and spirit of the present disclosure are indicated by the following claims.
应当理解的是,本公开并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本公开的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。 It should be understood that the present disclosure is not limited to the exact structures that have been described above and shown in the drawings, and that various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the present disclosure is limited only by the appended claims.
Claims (35)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202380008346.3A CN116438892A (en) | 2023-02-17 | 2023-02-17 | Information processing method and device and storage medium |
| PCT/CN2023/076993 WO2024168921A1 (en) | 2023-02-17 | 2023-02-17 | Information processing method, apparatus, and storage medium |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/076993 WO2024168921A1 (en) | 2023-02-17 | 2023-02-17 | Information processing method, apparatus, and storage medium |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024168921A1 true WO2024168921A1 (en) | 2024-08-22 |
Family
ID=87089452
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/076993 Ceased WO2024168921A1 (en) | 2023-02-17 | 2023-02-17 | Information processing method, apparatus, and storage medium |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN116438892A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024168921A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106464452A (en) * | 2014-05-09 | 2017-02-22 | 高通股份有限公司 | HD-FDD HARQ operation |
| CN110249677A (en) * | 2017-02-02 | 2019-09-17 | 高通股份有限公司 | Half-duplex operation in new wireless systems |
| WO2021159297A1 (en) * | 2020-02-12 | 2021-08-19 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Uplink and downlink transmission conflict resolution method and apparatus, and storage medium |
| CN115333690A (en) * | 2021-05-10 | 2022-11-11 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method, device, terminal and network side equipment |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN115150959B (en) * | 2019-11-08 | 2025-03-28 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A data processing method, communication node and computer readable storage medium |
| CN112788771B (en) * | 2019-11-11 | 2023-04-07 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Data transmission method, device, related equipment and storage medium |
| US12185362B2 (en) * | 2021-07-16 | 2024-12-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Priority and collision handling techniques for wireless communications systems |
-
2023
- 2023-02-17 WO PCT/CN2023/076993 patent/WO2024168921A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-02-17 CN CN202380008346.3A patent/CN116438892A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106464452A (en) * | 2014-05-09 | 2017-02-22 | 高通股份有限公司 | HD-FDD HARQ operation |
| CN110249677A (en) * | 2017-02-02 | 2019-09-17 | 高通股份有限公司 | Half-duplex operation in new wireless systems |
| WO2021159297A1 (en) * | 2020-02-12 | 2021-08-19 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Uplink and downlink transmission conflict resolution method and apparatus, and storage medium |
| CN115333690A (en) * | 2021-05-10 | 2022-11-11 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method, device, terminal and network side equipment |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN116438892A (en) | 2023-07-14 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11963208B2 (en) | Resource allocation method and apparatus | |
| JP7353484B2 (en) | Feedback method, feedback device and storage medium | |
| CN111294177B (en) | Resource sending method and device, and terminal configuration method and device | |
| CN108391466B (en) | Method and device for transmitting data | |
| WO2024197614A1 (en) | Resource determination method and apparatus, and resource indication method and apparatus | |
| CN113727469B (en) | Information scheduling, sending and receiving method and device, base station and user equipment | |
| CN113767583A (en) | Unlicensed frequency band feedback information transmission method, device and storage medium | |
| CN110945825A (en) | Feedback method, feedback device and storage medium | |
| CN113261223A (en) | HARQ-ACK information transmission method and device and communication equipment | |
| WO2024197919A1 (en) | Channel transmission method, apparatus, and storage medium | |
| WO2024197917A1 (en) | Channel transmission method and device, and storage medium | |
| CN115398833B (en) | Information monitoring, information sending method and device, and storage medium | |
| WO2024197674A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium | |
| CN119544159A (en) | Feedback information transmission method and device, user equipment, base station and storage medium | |
| US12407453B2 (en) | Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmission method and apparatus | |
| WO2024168929A1 (en) | Information processing method, apparatus and storage medium | |
| WO2024168924A1 (en) | Information processing method, apparatus, and storage medium | |
| WO2024168921A1 (en) | Information processing method, apparatus, and storage medium | |
| WO2024187425A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for resource determination, method and apparatus for resource indication, and storage medium | |
| EP4529327A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium | |
| CN114158289B (en) | Method, device, and storage medium for determining HARQ feedback delay | |
| WO2024065220A1 (en) | Frequency hopping processing method and device | |
| WO2024065219A1 (en) | Frequency hopping processing method and device | |
| WO2023115429A1 (en) | Duplication transmission method and device, and storage medium |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23922052 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |